Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Property & Casualty / Hallmark Financial Services

Hallmark Financial Services

hall · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker hall
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Property & Casualty
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Hallmark Financial Services
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 2018

2018

H
A
L
L
M
A
R
K

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
E
R
V

I

C
E
S

,

I

N
C

.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
8

777 Main Street, Suite 1000  I  Fort Worth, Texas 76102  I  P (817) 348-1600  I  www.hallmarkgrp.com

 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Information

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED 
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

NASDAQ:  HALL

Headquartered in Fort Worth, Texas, Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. is a publicly 
traded holding company with wholly-owned subsidiaries engaged in property and 
casualty insurance.

Hallmark Financial's 
Business Plan

is to operate as a diversified underwriter of niche property and casualty 
insurance  products.  This  plan  is  executed  by  wholly-owned  business 
units, each with a separate specialty product focus. 

Our Corporate Strategy

is to create a “Best-in-Class” specialty insurance company focused on 
under writing profitability and long-term growth of stockholders’ book 
value per share. Our specialty product focus and niche market strategy 
enable  us  to  develop  and  retain  in-house  underwriting  expertise  and 
specialized  market  knowledge,  which  helps  differentiate  Hallmark 
Financial from our competitors. Each business unit tailors its products 
and product   distribution to the unique nature of the risks and coverages 
it provides.

Our Financial Goal

is  to  earn  a  consistent  underwriting  profit  and  build  long-term  share-
holder value by focusing on profitability and operating efficiency versus 
topline premium growth and market share.

Mark E. Schwarz
Executive Chairman

Scott T. Berlin
President
Mason Structural Steel, LLC

James H. Graves
Partner
Erwin, Graves & Jones, LP

Mark E. Pape 
Chairman 
H2Options, Inc. & U.S. Rain Group, Inc.

MANAGEMENT TEAM

Mark E. Schwarz
Executive Chairman

Naveen Anand
President & Chief Executive Officer

Jeffrey R. Passmore
Senior Vice President &
Chief Financial Officer

Ken Krissinger
Senior Vice President & 
Chief Actuary

BDO USA, LLP
600 North Pearl
Suite 1700
Dallas, Texas 75201

STOCK SYMBOL

Hallmark Financial Services, Inc.
common stock is listed on the
NASDAQ Global Market under
the symbol “HALL.”

TRANSFER AGENT

Securities Transfer Corporation
2901 North Dallas Parkway
Suite 380
Plano, Texas 75093-5990
(469) 633-0101

LEGAL COUNSEL

McGuire, Craddock & Strother, P.C.
2501 N. Harwood
Suite 1800
Dallas, Texas 75201

STOCKHOLDER MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders will be held 
at 10:00 a.m. CDT on May 30, 2019 in the Train-
ing  Center  on  the  Concourse  level  at  777  Main 
Street, Ft. Worth, Texas 76102.

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS

Hallmark Financial Services, Inc.
777 Main Street
Suite 1000
Ft. Worth, Texas 76102
(817) 348-1600
www.hallmarkgrp.com

“HALL”: Book Value Per Share vs. Stock Price

STOCK PRICE

$14.50

$14.28

$13.72

$13.50

$13.11

$12.50

$11.50

$10.50

$9.50

$13.82

$14.17

B
O
O
K
V
A
L
U
E
P
E
R
S
H
A
R
E

$10.69

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Highlights

For the Years Ended December 31, ($ in thousands, except per share amounts)

For the Years Ended December 31, ($ in thousands, except per share amounts)

Operating Results 
Gross premiums written 
Net premiums earned 
Net income (loss)  
Operating earnings (loss)1 

Per Share
Net income (loss)—diluted 
Operating earnings (loss)1 
Book value 
Weighted average shares 
outstanding—diluted 

Selected Balance Sheet Items
Total investments and cash 
Total assets  
Reserves for unpaid loss and 
loss adjustment expenses 
Unearned premiums 
Total liabilities 
Total stockholders’ equity 

GAAP Ratios
Loss ratio 
Expense ratio 
Combined ratio 

  2018 

  2017 

  2016               2015 

  2014

$   663,015 
     363,087 
       10,347 
       18,401 

$   604,156 
     361,037 
      (11,553) 
      (11,420) 

$   549,077 
     353,370  
         6,526 
         6,766 

$   514,223  
     349,081  
       21,863  
       20,236 

$   473,218 
     321,217 
       13,429
       13,342

$      0.57 
$      1.01 
$    14.17 

$     (0.63) 
$     (0.62) 
$    13.82 

$      0.34  
$      0.36 
$    14.28  

$      1.13  
$      1.04 
$    13.72  

$      0.69
$      0.69
$     13.11

       18,201 

       18,343 

       18,941 

       19,405  

      19,366 

$   668,385 
$1,264,894 

$   728,966 
$1,231,126 

$   741,078 
$   701,797  
$1,162,460      $1,075,547  

$   650,128
$   979,765

$   527,247 
$   298,061 
$1,009,362 
$   255,532 

$   527,100 
$   276,642 
$   980,008 
$   251,118 

$   481,567 
$   241,254 
$   896,724 
$   265,736 

$   450,878  
$   216,407  
$   813,521  
$   262,026  

$   415,135
$   196,826
$   727,728
$   252,037

70.5% 
26.6% 
97.1% 

79.9% 
28.0% 
107.9% 

71.8% 
28.0% 
99.8% 

  65.9% 
  28.0% 
  93.9%  

  65.4%
  30.5%
  95.9%

1 

See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” disclosure

   
      
 
 
 
 
Letter from Our Chairman
Mark E. Schwarz

Hallmark’s book value per share increased 3% in 2018 to 
$14.17 per share.  On its face 3% growth does not appear 
notable, but it actually is because few property and ca-
sualty insurance companies posted any increase in book 
value in 2018.   The explanation for this industry result 
is twofold: catastrophe losses and negligible investment 
returns.  Hallmark fared better than most, delivering both 
an underwriting profit – largely averting the catastrophe 
losses negatively impacting others – and a modest posi-
tive investment return for the year.  

Natural catastrophes, storms and weather-related losses 
again played a big role in 2018, in what was the second 
costliest year ever for the insurance industry following 
on the catastrophe losses that exceeded $100 billion last 
year.  Apart from the sizable catastrophe losses, overall 
conditions  in  insurance  markets  generally  trended  fa-
vorable.  Economic growth led to an increase in insured 
exposures while rate increases were experienced across 
most lines of business.  A notable exception was com-
mercial transportation lines, which continued to produce 
poor results for many in the industry.  

Financial markets in 2018 proved to be tumultuous with 
the unusual occurrence of negative returns produced by 
both stock and bond market indicies for the year.  Stocks 
trended upward most of the year amid a generally healthy 
U.S. economy and reported increases in corporate prof-
its.  But in the fourth quarter, concerns over a trade war 
with China, rising interest rates and general geopolitical 
uncertainty caused stock prices to tumble.  The S&P 500 
ended down over 4% for the year, including a 14% loss 
in the fourth quarter. For smaller capitalization compa-
nies the results were worse, with the Russell 2000 Index 
down 12% for the year and 21% in the fourth quarter.  

As 2018 proved, owning stocks can be much riskier than 
owning bonds in the short-term, but over the longer-term, 
common stock investments are the far better choice. In-
clusive of the challenging year in 2018, the S&P 500 has 

returned  about  13%  annually  during  the  past  10  years, 
whereas  high-grade  bonds  have  returned  about  4%.   
Amidst  the  volatility  of  2018,  Hallmark  increased  the 
size of its stock portfolio with purchases of $44 million 
of marketable equities – over half made during the fourth 
quarter market decline – while only selling $6 million. 

The importance stock investments can make to the long-

ASSET ALLOCATION

63%

Fixed Income 
Bank Loans 
Equities 
Cash & Cash 
Equivalents 

63%
19%
12%

6%

term gain in value of Hallmark cannot be over empha-
sized.   Accordingly,  each  day  begins  with  a  review  of 
every stock in our portfolio with the goal of maximizing 
after-tax future returns.  There are many approaches tak-
en by investors attempting to beat the returns of the S&P 
500, an objective that has been depressingly difficult to 
accomplish in recent years.  2018 saw the retirements of 
a  number  of  formerly  celebrated  investment  managers 
that  quit  trying.      We  continue  to  believe  the  odds  for 
success  are  highest  through  owning  a  portfolio  that  is 
meaningfully different than the S&P 500 and compound-
ing investment gains for as long as possible.  Identify-
ing  stocks  with  cheap  valuation  metrics  is  easy.    Buy-
ing them with a disciplined methodology is intelligent.  
But far more difficult is to judge the sustainability and 
growth in future earnings that can support compounded 
investment  gains  over  long  periods.   Time  and  experi-
ence have taught us how a company performs over time 
is more important than current valuation.  Increasingly, 
this has become the area of our greatest focus. 

The rise and fall of equity prices cited above produced 
large swings in the reported GAAP (Generally Accepted 
Accounting Principles) earnings for insurance companies 
in 2018, due to the adoption of a new accounting rule that 
includes changes in unrealized gains and losses of equi-
ty  securities  in  reported  income.   This  new  accounting 
approach  treats  reductions  in  existing  unrealized  gains 

 
on equities as a loss in reported income.  The transition 
to  this  partial  mark-to-market  accounting  methodology 
(changes in unrealized gains and losses of fixed income 
securities are excluded) has given increased relevance to 
operating earnings as a measure of periodic changes in 
corporate  profitability.    Hallmark  produced  $18.4  mil-
lion in operating earnings in 2018.  The operating return 
on beginning tangible equity was 8.9%. 

ued to reflect a deep and persistent discount to book val-
ue.  Despite this opportunity, Hallmark only repurchased 
$2 million of its common stock this year, a consequence 
also related to the accelerated cash outflows experienced 
this year.  Cumulative repurchases since 2008 total over 
three million shares at approximately $29 million or an 
average price of $8.96 per share, equivalent to 63% of 
our year end book value per share.  

The mid-teens percentage growth achieved in net invest-
ment income in each of the past three years was inter-
rupted in 2018 due to a reduction in cash available for in-
vestment associated with an acceleration of paid losses.  
This led to a reduction in the amount of fixed maturity 
securities held in our portfolio, which was partially off-
set by an increase in the book yield on these investments.  
This cash flow impact is expected to be transitory as we 
work  off  the  increases  in  loss  reserves  posted  in  prior 
years.

INVESTMENTS + CASH PER SHARE

$39.82

$40.12

$36.75

$37.08

$33.83

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Similarly, more than ten years of steady growth in total 
investments and cash was also interrupted in 2018 by the 
same  cash  flow  effect  described  above.    This  measure 
was further impacted in the fourth quarter by the reduc-
tion in the amount of net unrealized capital gains exist-
ing in our equity investments. For the year, investments 
and cash ended at $668 million or $37.08 per share.

The market price for Hallmark’s stock increased 2% in 
2018. This increase is again notable not in the absolute 
but because of its outperformance compared to market 
averages.   The trading prices for Hallmark shares contin-

The major reset in leadership undertaken four years ago 
began to show signs of success in 2018.   Positive operat-
ing earnings were achieved in all four calendar quarters, 
each  an  improvement  over  the  prior  year.    The  97.1% 
combined ratio for the year was also a much-improved 
result compared to last year.

As  we  enter  2019,  the  pricing  environment  continues 
to improve and our company-specific dynamics remain 
positive.  Continued execution of management’s strategy 
to balance and diversify our mix of business is expect-
ed to drive further improvements in results.  Ultimately, 
the increased retention and earned premium growth as-
sociated with our developing casualty lines will signify 
a true milestone in the development of the company and 
should represent a big gain in value creation.

As stated last year, Hallmark is undeniably a much better 
company today than it was a few short years ago.  Finan-
cial results are just beginning to reflect the magnitude of 
positive change that has been achieved during this time.  
Our objective remains the same as prior – clear and un-
wavering  –  to  improve  profitability  and  create  a  more 
balanced, diversified and valuable portfolio of specialty 
business.  We have made significant progress in these re-
spects and remain committed to deliver strong financial 
performance in the future.  

Mark E. Schwarz
Executive Chairman of the Board
April 10, 2019

 
Letter from Our President & CEO
Naveen Anand

Our vision: 
To be a market-leading provider of specialty  
property and casualty insurance solutions by 
focusing  on  operational  excellence,  commitment 
to  stakeholders,  and  being  recognized  for  our        
employee’s specialist knowledge and expertise.

Hallmark  Financial’s  2018  results  are  an  improvement 
over the prior year and begin to reveal the impact of the 
consistent execution of our strategy.  Our focus on un-
derwriting performance and the further actions taken to 
address legacy claims are having the expected impact. 

Over the past 4 years, we have transformed from a pri-
marily regional auto writer into a national specialty in-
surance  company.  Today,  as  a  result  of  the  significant 
investments  made  in  talent  and  technology,  Hallmark 
Financial is well positioned to take advantage of current 
market opportunities. This investment has also allowed 
us  to  diversify  our  specialty  product  portfolio  and  ex-
pand  geographically    while  maintaining  our  focus  on 
underwriting profitability and disciplined expense man-
agement. 

2018 Results

Our  combined  ratio  for  the  year  was  97.1%.  This  is 
an improvement of nearly 11 points from 2017, a year 
which was impacted by significant prior year adverse de-
velopment. While some prior year adverse development 
occurred in 2018 (1.6 points), primarily associated with 
the legacy commercial auto book, the overall results are 
trending closer to expectations.  But there is still room 
for improvement.  

2018 marked another year with significant industry ca-
tastrophe losses, including the devastation of Hurricane 
Michael and the tragic wildfire losses on the west coast. 
In  fact,  the  industry  has  incurred  over  $200  billion  of 

insured losses in the last two years, making it the largest 
two-year period for catastrophes in history. 

While these catastrophe losses impacted our results, we 
fared relatively well as our underwriting actions and risk 
management efforts have protected the portfolio. Our ca-
tastrophe losses contributed 2.6 points to our combined 
ratio in 2018 and have generally been between 2 and 3 
points each year since 2015. 

CALENDAR YEAR COMBINED RATIO

95.9%

93.9%

99.8%

107.9%

97.1%

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

ACCIDENT YEAR LOSS RATIO
EXPENSE RATIO
CATASTROPHE LOSSES
PRIOR YEAR DEVELOPMENT

Gross premiums increased by 10%, ending at $663 mil-
lion  and  have  been  growing  at  a  steady  and  balanced 
pace of 8.8% CAGR since 2014. This growth is the re-
sult of both acquiring new customers and increases in the 
underlying rates.  

GROSS WRITTEN PREMIUMS ($000,000)

$514

$549

$473

$663

$604

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Focus on underwriting and operational execution

The  team  has  made  significant  strides  in  repositioning 
the company. The following are some of the key opera-
tional initiatives that we have focused on:

1.	 Specialty	focused	product	diversification	

in underserved markets 

A cornerstone of our strategy has been to develop new 
specialty products in niche segments where we can dif-
ferentiate  Hallmark  Financial  by  our  underwriting  ex-
pertise, our use of data and analytics, our technology and 
our claims expertise. 

We  target  these  specialty  product  niches  because  they 
are  underserved  markets  with  limited  competition  and 
have long track records of profitability. We can also dif-
ferentiate ourselves in these niches by our underwriting 
and functional expertise. Each of these product lines are 
scalable and we are still only addressing a portion of the 
available business in these markets. These new specialty 
product lines now account for nearly 36% of our gross 
written premium. 

As these portfolios gain scale and mature, we expect to 
retain more of the risk produced by these profitable niche 
products, providing a further increase to our income. We 
initiated this process with the development of a consol-
idated casualty reinsurance program in the fourth quar-
ter of 2018. This treaty increases our retained premiums 
and  optimizes  the  profitability  of  the  premium  that  is 
retained. 

2.  Improve legacy product lines and position them 

for	sustained	profitability	

While it is a strategic imperative to develop and diversify 
Hallmark Financial’s position in the specialty portfolio, 
my greatest focus has been fixing the established product 
lines. The results in these lines have been disappointing 
and have masked the progress the organization has made 
in its transformation. I’m pleased to report that we are 
making positive strides here as well. 

In my note last year, I addressed the significant challeng-
es the industry is facing regarding commercial auto. The 
industry  continues  to  experience  rising  claims  severity 
impacted  by  higher  medical  costs,  higher  repair  costs, 

BUSINESS UNITS

Aviation

Commercial
Auto

E&S
Casualty

Aircraft
Hull &
Liability;
Airport
Liability

Aircraft
&
General
Liability

Primary
& Excess

Commercial
Auto
Liability
& Physical
Damage

Primary,
Excess &
Excess
Public
Entity

General
Liability
&
Product
Liability

WHOLESALE

E&S
Contract
Binding

E&S
Property

Monoline 
General
Liability
& Package

Shared &
Layered;
Builders’
Risk

Pro -
Financial
Lines

D&O &
E&O

General
Liability
&
Property

Property

Mgmt
Professional
Liability

GENERAL
AGENTS

Pro -
Healthcare

Programs

Business
produced
by
Specialty
MGAs

Property
&
Casualty
Lines

Hospitals,
Medical
Facilities
&
Physicians

Medical
Malpractice
General
Liability &
Professional
Liability

RETAIL

Specialty
Personal
Lines

Commercial
Accounts
(CIS)

Personal
Auto &
Renters

Package
& BOP

Commercial
Multi-
Peril

Auto
Liability,
Physical
Damage,
General 
Liability &
Property

11%

17%

36%

36%

 
rising litigation, distracted driving and overall social in-
flation, resulting in 2018 being another poor year for this 
industry segment. 

In our commercial auto portfolio, we achieved a cumu-
lative double-digit rate increase over the past two years. 
Additionally, through our segmentation efforts we have 
identified the best and worst performing classes and ex-
ited poor performing states (LA and MS). We also devel-
oped our next generation proprietary predictive pricing 
model to give underwriters better insight on risk quality. 
Our actions resulted in a reduction of our primary gross 
premium by over $40 million in 2018. However, we ex-
pect that the loss ratios will continue to improve because 
of these initiatives. While better risk selection and pric-
ing are paramount in addressing the new realities of the 
line, it’s not the only area to address.

The claims initiatives, put in place starting in late 2016, 
are having the expected impact as well. In 2017 we con-
ducted a review of open claims, and subsequently adjust-
ed case reserves to reflect our current outlook.  This re-
sulted in the significant prior year adverse development 
we experienced in 2017. While we still witnessed some 
adverse development in this line in 2018, it was greatly 
reduced from the prior year. 

We are focused on closing legacy claims as well as ad-
dressing  new  claims  faster  with  our  revamped  claims 
structure.  We implemented this claims structure in late 
2016 starting with our specialty personal lines auto port-
folio and expanded this structure to our commercial auto 
portfolio throughout 2017 and early 2018. This has sig-
nificantly shortened the time it takes to close a claim, re-
ducing the ultimate cost of the claim, even in an external 
environment of rising loss costs. 

These actions diminish the likelihood of litigation, which 
can otherwise result in an even higher claim costs. While 
this has had an impact on near term cash flow as we used 
reserves  to  close  out  legacy  claims  and  accelerate  the 
payment of new claims, we expect cash flows to begin to 
normalize in 2019.

THE HALLMARK FINANCIAL APPROACH:
COMMERCIAL AUTO

CLAIMS:
•   Hired experts in auto and auto litigation
•   Organized teams to promptly address new and legacy 
claims, with the goal of closing claims quickly to min-
imize severity (Fast track for the first 30 days)

•   Greatly improved the adequacy of case reserves

CLAIMS

PRICING

UNDERWRITING

UNDERWRITING:
•   Hired experts in commercial auto underwriting
•   Consolidated primary and excess groups to form a 

single cohesive team

•   Developed a next-gen predictive model to increase 

segmentation and better assess risk quality
Identified the best and worst performing classes

•  
•   Exited worst performing states (LA and MS)

PRICING:
•   Achieved  a  cumulative  double  digit  rate  increase 

over the past two years

In  Specialty  Personal  lines,  we  achieved  a  combined 
ratio of 94.9%, our best result since 2009. Over the last 
four  years  we  have  completely  re-tooled  the  business. 
We developed and launched a new technology platform 
in  2016,  providing  the  foundation  for  improvement. 
Together  with  multiple  rate  increases,  ongoing  pricing 
insight  driven  by  data  modeling  and  analytics,  and  a 
focused  approach  in  the  limited  states  in  which  we  do 
business (reduced from 33 to 10), we are well positioned 
for this business to produce sustained profitable results. 

The Standard Commercial segment posted a combined 
ratio of 88%, with the portfolio growing by 10%. Here 
we have successfully re-positioned the business to focus 
on targeted segments that provide the ability to differen-
tiate our products and offer the best opportunity for long 
term  profitability.  In  2018,  we  expanded  into  Arizona 
and 2 additional states, increasing our total footprint in 
this segment to 14 states. I expect to add 1 to 2 states per 
year going forward.

3.	 Develop	and	embed	a	culture	of	data	and	
analytics that informs  decision making

Insurance  companies  by  their  nature  produce  a  lot  of 
data.  However  very  few  companies  can  harness  the 
power of this data and effectively embed analytics into 
their organization and culture. We started this journey a 
few years ago and continue to make progress. Our ini-
tiatives have been focused on using data to improve risk 
selection  and  pricing  in  each  of  our  product  lines.  By 
combining the use of internal and external data, we are 
continuously refining pricing and risk selection criteria 
for our products. Furthermore, we’ve developed greater 
focus on achieving a target return on capital in each of 
our lines of business. This allows us to allocate capital 
to the lines of business where we feel we have the best 
opportunity to profitably grow. Two years ago, we devel-
oped a platform for premium and claims reporting.  To-
day our business intelligence platform allows our leaders 
and  underwriters  to  see  production  and  loss  data  daily 
for  their  business,  which  enables  them  to  take  note  of 
trends and drive appropriate action. 

4.  Disciplined expense management

We’ve made many strategic investments in the organiza-
tion in both expertise (people) and technology. However, 
we haven’t lost sight of our expenses. Hallmark Finan-
cial achieved an expense ratio of 26.6% in 2018, which 
was  an  improvement  of  3.9%  points  since  2014.  The 
advantage created by our expense ratio is evident when 
compared to our peer group, which highlights the bene-
ficial gap between us and our peers, and further accentu-
ates the recent improvements in our expense ratio. With 
a relentless focus on managing expenses while making 
the organization more productive, and by using modern 
technology capabilities like robotic process automation 
and machine learning, we have earned this advantage in 
the market. 

EXPENSE RATIO RELATIVE TO OUR PEERS

HALLMARK FINANCIAL
PEER GROUP

35.2%

35.6%

36.1%

34.9%

34.6%

EXPENSE ADVANTAGE

30.5%

28.0%

28.0%

28.0%

26.6%

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Peer Group: ACGL, ARGO, AHL, AXS, CNFR, DGICA, EMCI, RE, GBLI, 
THG, JRVR, NAVG, RNR, RLI, SIGI, WRB

5.  Invest, develop and retain expertise 

Going through a transformation at the scale and magni-
tude that we have puts a lot of strain on an organization. 
Particularly for a specialty insurance company, attracting 
and retaining expertise is key to our current and future 
success. Hallmark Financial continues to make progress 
in this area. Today each of our specialty product lines has 
leaders that have deep experience in their areas of spe-
cialty. Our claims, actuarial, finance, HR and technology 
teams are equally adept and focused on supporting our 
specialty portfolios.

Market outlook 

As we put 2018 in the rearview mirror, I’m excited for the 
future of Hallmark Financial. Having addressed many of 
the issues that have impacted our results in the past, we 
are well positioned to take advantage of the current mar-
ket opportunities. The growing economy and strong pos-
itive rate environment will add to our momentum. Thank 
you for your support and we look forward to 2019. 

Naveen Anand
President and Chief Executive Officer
April 10, 2019

 
 
1 Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The Company’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting 
principles (“GAAP”).  However, the Company also presents and discusses certain non-GAAP financial measures that 
it believes are useful to investors as measures of operating performance. Management may also use such non-GAAP 
financial measures in evaluating the effectiveness of business strategies and for planning and budgeting purposes.  
However, these non-GAAP financial measures should not be viewed as an alternative or substitute for the results re-
flected in the Company’s GAAP financial statements.  In addition, the Company’s definitions of these items may not 
be comparable to the definitions used by other companies. 

Operating earnings and operating earnings per share are calculated by excluding net investment gains and losses from 
GAAP net income.  Management believes that operating earnings and operating earnings per share provide useful 
information to investors about the performance of and underlying trends in the Company’s core insurance operations.  
Net income and net income per share are the GAAP measures that are most directly comparable to operating earnings 
and operating earnings per share.  A reconciliation of operating earnings and operating earnings per share to the most 
comparable GAAP financial measures is presented below.

For the Years Ended December 31, ($ in thousands, except per share amounts)

Non-GAAP Reconciliation 
Net income (loss) 

Excluded investment (gains)/losses 
Tax rate 
Tax impact 
Excluded investment (gains)/losses, 
net of tax 
Operating earnings 

               2018 

         2017 

        2016 

     2015 

   2014

$     10,347 

$   (11,553) 

$     6,526 

$    21,863  

$   13,429

$     10,195 
          21% 
$       2,141 

$         205 
          35% 
$           72 

$        369 
         35% 
$        129 

$     (2,503)   $       (134)
         35%
         35% 
$       (876)   $         (47)

$       8,054 
$     18,401 

$         133 
$   (11,420) 

$        240 
$     6,766 

$     (1,627)   $         (87)
$     20,236   $   13,342

Weighted average shares outstanding 
       18,201 
- diluted 
$         0.57 
Net income (loss) per share - diluted 
Excluded investment (gains)/losses 
$         0.44 
Operating earnings (loss) per share - diluted  $         1.01 

      18,343 
$      (0.63) 
$       0.01 
$      (0.62) 

    18,941 
$      0.34 
$      0.02 
$      0.36 

       19,405  
     19,366
$         1.13   $       0.69
$        (0.09)   $      (0.00)
$         1.04   $       0.69

Operating return on beginning tangible equity is calculated as operating earnings divided by GAAP equity at the begin-
ning of the period excluding goodwill.  Management believes that operating return on beginning tangible equity provides 
useful information to investors about the performance of the Company’s core insurance operations relative to its core 
shareholder  equity  exclusive  of  non-depreciable  goodwill  from  prior  acquisitions.    Return  on  beginning  equity  is  the 
GAAP measure that is most directly comparable to operating return on beginning tangible equity.  A reconciliation of 
operating return on beginning tangible equity to return on beginning equity is presented below.

Fiscal 2018 net income 
Excluded investment losses, net of tax     
Fiscal 2018 operating earnings 

Beginning GAAP equity 
Reverse goodwill 
Beginning tangible equity 

Return on beginning GAAP equity 
Operating return on beginning tangible equity 

10,347 
  8,054 
18,401 

251,118 
(44,695) 
206,423 

a

b

c

d

4.1% 
 8.9% 

(a / c)
(b / d)

   
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended DECEMBER 31, 2018 

Or 

   TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION 13  OR  15(d) OF  THE  SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from _________________________ to _________________________________ 

Commission file number 001-11252 

Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Nevada 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or 
Organization) 
777 Main Street, Suite 1000, Fort Worth, Texas 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) 

87-0447375 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 
76102 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (817) 348-1600 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock $.00 par value 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 

Nasdaq Global Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the 
Securities Act. 
Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 
Section 15(d) of the Act. 
Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that 
the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the 
past 90 days. 
Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). 
Yes  No  

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not 
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or 
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this 
Form 10-K.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-
accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definition of “accelerated 
filer”, “large accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 
of the Exchange Act.: 

Large 
accelerated 
filer  

Accelerated 
filer   

Non-
accelerated 
filer  

Smaller reporting 
company  

Emerging growth company       

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended 
transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to 
Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.     

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 
Act). Yes  No  

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates 
computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked 
price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second 
fiscal quarter. $129.5million 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest 
practicable date. 18,123,093 shares of common stock, $.18 par value per share, outstanding as of March 14, 
2019.  

2 

 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

The  information  required  by  Part III  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Registrant’s  definitive  proxy 
statement to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of 
the fiscal year covered by this report. 

Unless  the  context  requires  otherwise,  in  this  Form 10-K  the  term  “Hallmark”  refers  solely  to  Hallmark 
Financial  Services, Inc.  and  the  terms  “we,”  “our,”  “us”  and  the  “Company”  refer  to  Hallmark  and  its 
subsidiaries. The direct and indirect subsidiaries of Hallmark are referred to in this Form 10-K in the manner 
identified in the chart under “Item 1. Business – Operational Structure.” 

Risks Associated with Forward-Looking Statements Included in this Form 10-K 

This  Form 10-K  contains  certain  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities 
Litigation Reform Act of 1995, which are intended to be covered by the safe harbors created thereby. Forward-
looking statements include statements which are predictive in nature, which depend upon or refer to future 
events  or  conditions,  or  which  include  words  such  as  “expect,”  “anticipate,”  “intend,”  “plan,”  “believe,” 
“estimate” or similar expressions. These statements include the plans and objectives of management for future 
operations, including plans and objectives relating to future growth of our business activities and availability 
of funds. Statements regarding the following subjects are forward-looking by their nature: 

•  our business and growth strategies; 

•  our performance goals; 

•  our projected financial condition and operating results; 

•  our understanding of our competition; 

• 

• 

• 

industry and market trends; 

the impact of technology on our products, operations and business; and 

any other statements or assumptions that are not historical facts. 

The  forward-looking  statements  included  in  this  Form 10-K  are  based  on  current  expectations  that  involve 
numerous risks and uncertainties. Assumptions relating to these forward-looking statements involve judgments 
with respect to, among other things, future economic, competitive and market conditions, legislative initiatives, 
regulatory  framework,  weather-related  events  and  future  business  decisions,  all  of  which  are  difficult  or 
impossible  to  predict  accurately  and  many  of  which  are  beyond  our  control.  Although  we  believe  that  the 
assumptions  underlying  these  forward-looking  statements  are  reasonable,  any  of  the  assumptions  could  be 
inaccurate  and,  therefore,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  forward-looking  statements  included  in  this 
Form 10-K will prove to be accurate. In light of the significant uncertainties inherent in these forward-looking 
statements, the inclusion of such information should not be regarded as a representation that our objectives and 
plans will be achieved. 

3 

 
 
 
Item 1. Business. 

Who We Are 

PART I 

We are a diversified property/casualty insurance group that serves businesses and individuals in specialty and 
niche markets. 

We offer specialty commercial insurance, standard commercial insurance and personal insurance in selected 
market subcategories that are characteristically low-severity and predominately short-tailed risks. We focus on 
marketing,  distributing,  underwriting  and  servicing  property/casualty  insurance  products  that  require 
specialized  underwriting  expertise  or  market  knowledge.  We  believe  this  approach  provides  us  the  best 
opportunity to achieve favorable policy terms and pricing. The insurance policies we produce are written by 
our six insurance company subsidiaries as well as unaffiliated insurers. 

We  market,  distribute,  underwrite  and  service  our  property/casualty  insurance  products  primarily  through 
subsidiaries  whose  operations  are  organized  into  product-specific  operating  units  that  are  supported  by  our 
insurance company subsidiaries. Our Contract Binding operating unit offers commercial insurance products 
and services in the excess and surplus lines market. Our Specialty Commercial operating unit offers general 
aviation and satellite launch insurance products and services, low and middle market commercial umbrella and 
primary/excess  liability  insurance,  medical  professional  liability  insurance  products  and  services,  financial 
professional liability insurance products and services and primary/excess commercial property coverages for 
both catastrophe and non-catastrophe exposures. Our Standard Commercial P&C operating unit offers industry-
specific  commercial  insurance  products  and  services  in  the  standard  market.  Our  Workers  Compensation 
operating unit specializes in small and middle market workers compensation business. Effective July 1, 2015, 
the Workers Compensation operating unit ceased marketing or retaining any risk on new or renewal policies. 
Our  Specialty  Personal  Lines  operating  unit  offers  non-standard  personal  automobile  and  renters  insurance 
products and services. 

Each operating unit has its own management team with significant experience in distributing products to its 
target markets and proven success in achieving underwriting profitability. Each operating unit is responsible 
for  marketing,  distribution  and  underwriting  while  we  provide  capital  management,  claims  management, 
reinsurance, actuarial, investment, financial reporting, technology and legal services and other administrative 
support  at  the  parent  level.  We  believe  this  approach  optimizes  our  operating  results  by  allowing  us  to 
effectively penetrate our selected specialty and niche markets while maintaining operational controls, managing 
risks, controlling overhead and efficiently allocating our capital across operating units. We expect future growth 
to  be  derived  from  organic  growth  in  the  premium  production  of  our  existing  operating  units  and  selected 
opportunistic acquisitions that meet our criteria. 

What We Do 

We market commercial and personal lines property/casualty insurance products which are tailored to the risks 
and coverages required by the insured. We believe that most of our target markets are underserved by larger 
property/casualty insurers because of the specialized nature of the underwriting required. We are able to offer 
these products profitably as a result of the expertise of our experienced underwriters. We also believe our long-
standing  relationships  with  independent  general  agencies  and  retail  agents  and  the  service  we  provide 
differentiate us from larger property/casualty insurers. 

4 

 
Our Contract Binding operating unit primarily offers commercial property/casualty insurance products in the 
excess and surplus lines market. Excess and surplus lines insurance provides coverage for difficult to place 
risks that do not fit the underwriting criteria of insurers operating in the standard market. Our Contract Binding 
operating unit focuses on middle market commercial risks that do not meet the underwriting requirements of 
standard insurers due to factors such as loss history, number of years in business, minimum premium size and 
types  of  business  operation.  Our  Contract  Binding  operating  unit  primarily  writes  commercial  automobile, 
general  liability,  commercial  property  and  excess  casualty  coverages.  Our  Contract  Binding  operating  unit 
markets its products in 37 states through 11 wholesale brokers and 114 general agency offices, as well as 27 
independent retail agents in Texas.  

Our Specialty Commercial operating unit offers small and middle market commercial excess liability, umbrella, 
general liability and public entity excess liability insurance on both an admitted and non-admitted basis; general 
aviation property/casualty insurance primarily for private and small commercial aircraft and airports; satellite 
launch property/casualty insurance products;  medical and financial professional liability insurance on an excess 
and surplus lines basis; and primary/excess commercial property coverages on an excess and surplus lines basis 
for both catastrophe and non-catastrophe exposures. The principal focus of the excess and umbrella insurance 
products  offered  is  transportation  (trucking  for  hire  and  specialty  automobile  coverage).  The  Specialty 
Commercial  operating  unit  also  provides  excess  liability  coverage  for  small  to  midsize  businesses  in  class 
categories such as contracting, manufacturing, hospitality and service (non-transportation). Typical risks range 
from one power unit to fleets of up to 1000 power units and up to $150 million in receipts (non-construction) 
or $200 million in receipts (construction) from operations. Public entity excess coverage is also offered on an 
insurance and reinsurance basis for cities, counties and other public entities with populations up to 1,000,000. 
Our Specialty Commercial operating unit markets these excess and umbrella products through 124 wholesale 
brokers  in  all  50  states.  The  aircraft  liability  and  hull  insurance  products  underwritten  by  our  Specialty 
Commercial operating unit target standard general aviation aircraft risks. Airport liability insurance is marketed 
to smaller, regional airports. Our Specialty Commercial operating unit markets these general aviation insurance 
products through 186 independent specialty brokers in 48 states. The satellite launch property/casualty policies 
produced  by  our  Specialty  Commercial  operating  unit  are  marketed  through  underwriting  agencies  with 
technical knowledge of space insurance. We retain up to $2.0 million per risk for satellite launches and in-orbit 
coverage for up to 12 months. 

The  medical  professional  liability  insurance  is  underwritten  on  an  excess  and  surplus  lines  basis  by  our 
Specialty Commercial operating unit and focuses on physicians, mid-level providers, miscellaneous medical 
facilities, hospitals and healthcare organizations and senior care/nursing homes.  The physicians and mid-level 
providers  are  generally  hard  to  place  or  non-standard  risks.   These  are  individuals  who  do  not  meet  the 
underwriting requirements of standard insurers due to factors such as loss history, number of years in business, 
minimum premium size and types of business operation. In addition to healthcare professionals, our Specialty 
Commercial  operating  unit  also  underwrites  medical  professional  liability  for  standard  medical  facilities, 
hospitals and healthcare systems and senior care/nursing homes. The medical facilities are generally outpatient 
facilities such as surgery centers, imaging centers, labs, home health agencies and other non-hospital facilities 
providing medical services. The hospitals and healthcare systems are generally stand-alone acute care facilities, 
multi-hospital systems, integrated delivery systems, critical access hospitals and others specialty hospitals and 
healthcare  systems  providing  medical  services.   Our  Specialty  Commercial  operating  unit  markets  these 
products through 34 wholesale and retail brokers in 49 states. The Specialty Commercial operating unit also 
provides medical professional liability to senior care facilities through a program where a managing general 
agent underwrites on our behalf risks that meet specific underwriting criteria. The financial professional liability 
insurance underwritten on an excess and surplus lines basis by our Specialty Commercial operating unit focuses 
on management and professional liability products that include directors & officers, employment practices and 

5 

 
retirement and benefit plan fiduciary services for private, public and non-profit entities as well as miscellaneous 
professional liability insurance for most non-financial institution service industries. Our Specialty Commercial 
operating unit distributes its financial professional liability insurance products through 30 wholesale brokers in 
49  states.  The  primary/excess  commercial  property  coverages  underwritten  by  our  Specialty  Commercial 
operating  unit  specialize  in  shared and layered  accounts  on  a non-admitted  basis  which  target regional and 
national  property  programs.  Our  Specialty  Commercial  operating  unit  markets  these  products  through  22 
wholesale brokers in 50 states. 

Our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  operating  unit  primarily  underwrites  low-severity,  short-tailed  commercial 
property/casualty insurance products in the standard market. These products have historically produced stable 
loss results and include general liability, commercial automobile, commercial property and umbrella coverages. 
Our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  operating  unit  currently  markets  its  products  through  a  network  of  166 
independent agency groups primarily serving businesses in the non-urban areas of 14 states predominately in 
the  southwest  and  northwest  regions.  In  addition,  our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  operating  unit  provides 
occupational accident coverage in Texas through an underwriting agency that specializes in the occupational 
accident insurance market. Effective June 1, 2016, we ceased marketing new or renewal occupational accident 
policies. 

Our Specialty Personal Lines operating unit primarily offers non-standard personal automobile policies, which 
generally provide the minimum limits of liability coverage mandated by state law to drivers who find it difficult 
to obtain insurance from standard carriers due to various factors including age, driving record, claims history 
or limited financial resources. Our Specialty Personal Lines operating unit also provides a renters insurance 
product that complements our non-standard auto offering and fits well in our distribution channel. Our Specialty 
Personal  Lines  operating  unit  markets  and  services  these  non-standard  auto  and  renters  insurance  policies 
through 4,305 independent retail agent locations in 10 and 12 states, respectively. 

Our insurance company subsidiaries are American Hallmark Insurance Company of Texas (“AHIC”), Hallmark 
Insurance  Company  (“HIC”),  Hallmark  Specialty  Insurance  Company  (“HSIC”),  Hallmark  County  Mutual 
Insurance Company (“HCM”), Hallmark National Insurance Company (“HNIC”) and Texas Builders Insurance 
Company (“TBIC”). AHIC, HIC, HSIC and HNIC have entered into a pooling arrangement, pursuant to which 
AHIC retains 34% of the net premiums written by any of them, HIC retains 32% of the net premiums written 
by any of them, HSIC retains 24% of the net premiums written by any of them and HNIC retains 10% of the 
net premiums written by any of them. A.M. Best Company (“A.M. Best”), a nationally recognized insurance 
industry rating service and publisher, has pooled its ratings of these four insurance company subsidiaries and 
assigned a  financial  strength  rating  of  “A–” (Excellent) and  an issuer  credit  rating  of  “a-”  to  each  of  these 
individual  insurance  company  subsidiaries  and  to  the  pool  formed  by  these  four  insurance  company 
subsidiaries. Also, A.M. Best has assigned a financial strength rating of “A–” (Excellent) and an issuer credit 
rating of   “a-” to HCM. A.M. Best does not assign a financial strength rating or an issuer credit rating to TBIC. 

These operating units are segregated into three reportable industry segments for financial accounting purposes. 
The Specialty Commercial Segment includes our Contract Binding operating unit and Specialty Commercial 
operating unit. The Standard Commercial Segment consists of the Standard Commercial P&C operating unit 
and the Workers Compensation operating unit. The Personal Segment consists solely of our Specialty Personal 
Lines operating unit.  

6 

 
 
 
The following table displays the gross premiums written and net premiums written by these reportable segments 
for affiliated and unaffiliated insurers for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016. 

Gross Premiums Written: 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Standard Commercial Segment  
Personal Segment  
Total 

Net Premiums Written: 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Standard Commercial Segment 
Personal Segment  
Total 

2018 

Year Ended December 31,  
2017 
(dollars in thousands) 

2016 

  $ 

 501,806   $ 

 86,121  
 75,088  

  $ 

 663,015   $ 

 464,714   $ 
 78,228  
 61,214  
 604,156   $ 

 388,914 
 76,891 
 83,272 
 549,077 

  $ 

 251,731   $ 

 69,222  
 42,845  

  $ 

 363,798   $ 

 265,022   $ 
 69,288  
 31,273  
 365,583   $ 

 249,072 
 68,490 
 44,267 
 361,829 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
  
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
Operational Structure 

Our insurance company subsidiaries retain a portion of the premiums produced by our operating units. The 
following chart reflects the operational structure of our organization, including the subsidiaries comprising our 
operating units and the operating units included in each reportable segment as of December 31, 2018. 

8 

 
 
Specialty Commercial Segment 

The  Specialty  Commercial  Segment  of  our  business  includes  our  Contract  Binding  operating  unit  and  our 
Specialty Commercial operating unit. During 2018, our Contract Binding operating unit accounted for 34% and 
our  Specialty  Commercial  operating  unit  accounted  for  66%  of  the  aggregate  premiums  produced  by  the 
Specialty Commercial Segment. 

Contract Binding operating unit. Our Contract Binding operating unit markets, underwrites, finances and 
services commercial lines insurance in 37 states with a particular emphasis on commercial automobile, general 
liability and commercial property risks produced on an excess and surplus lines basis. Excess and surplus lines 
insurance  provides  coverage  for  difficult  to  place  risks  that  do  not  fit  the  underwriting  criteria  of  insurers 
operating  in  the  standard  market.  During  the  second  quarter  of  2018  we  discontinued  offering  premium 
financing through PAAC for both the Contract Binding operating unit as well as unaffiliated general and retail 
agents. During 2018 our Contract Binding operating unit accounts for 77% of the premium volume financed 
by PAAC. 

Our  Contract  Binding  operating  unit  focuses  on  middle  market  commercial  risks  that  do  not  meet  the 
underwriting requirements of traditional standard insurers due to issues such as loss history, number of years 
in business, minimum premium size and types of business operation. During 2018, commercial automobile, 
general liability and all other property/casualty accounted for 86%, 11% and 3%, respectively, of the premiums 
produced  by  our  Contract  Binding  operating  unit.  Target  risks  for  commercial  automobile  insurance  are 
business auto and trucking for hire fleets, excluding hazardous or flammable materials haulers. Target risks for 
general  liability insurance are  small  business risk  exposures including  artisan  contractors,  sales and service 
organizations, and building and premises liability exposures. Target risks for commercial property insurance 
are low- to mid-value structures including office buildings, mercantile shops, restaurants and rental dwellings, 
in each case with aggregate property limits of less than $1,000,000. The commercial insurance products offered 
by our Contract Binding operating unit include the following: 

•  Commercial automobile. Commercial automobile insurance provides third-party bodily injury and 
property damage coverage and first-party property damage coverage against losses resulting from 
the  ownership,  maintenance  or  use  of  automobiles  and  trucks  in  connection  with  an  insured’s 
business. 

•  General liability. General liability insurance provides coverage for third-party bodily injury and 
property damage claims arising from accidents occurring on the insured’s premises or from their 
general business operations. 

•  Commercial  property.  Commercial  property  insurance  provides  first-party  coverage  for  the 
insured’s real property, business personal property, theft and business interruption losses caused 
by fire, wind, hail, water damage, vandalism and other insured perils. Windstorm, hurricane and 
hail are generally excluded in coastal areas. 

•  Commercial excess liability. Commercial excess liability insurance is designed to provide an extra 
layer of protection for bodily injury, personal and advertising injury, or property damage losses 
above  the  primary  layer  of  commercial  automobile,  general  liability  and  employer’s  liability 
insurance. The excess insurance does not begin until the limits of liability in the primary layer have 
been exhausted. The excess layer provides not only higher limits, but catastrophic protection from 
large losses. 

9 

 
•  Commercial  umbrella.  Commercial  umbrella  insurance  protects  businesses  for  bodily  injury, 
personal and advertising injury, or property damage claims in excess of the limits of their primary 
commercial  automobile,  general  liability  and  employers  liability  policies,  and  for  some  claims 
excluded by their primary policies (subject to a deductible). Umbrella insurance provides not only 
higher limits, but catastrophic protection for large losses. 

Our Contract Binding operating unit markets its products in 37 states through 11 wholesale brokers and 114 
general agency offices, as well as 27 independent retail agents in Texas. Our Contract Binding operating unit 
strives to simplify the placement of its excess and surplus lines policies by providing our general agents with a 
web rating portal which allows for instantaneous quoting and signature-ready applications which can be emailed 
or faxed to its independent retail agents. During 2018, general agents produced 84%, retail agents produced 2% 
and  wholesale  brokers  produced  14%  of  total  premiums  produced  by  our  Contract  Binding  operating  unit. 
During 2018, the top ten general agents produced 41%, the eleven wholesale brokers produced 14% and no 
general agent produced more than 8%, of the total premium volume of our Contract Binding operating unit. 
During the same period, the top ten retail agents produced 2%, and no retail agent produced more than 1%, of 
the total premium volume of our Contract Binding operating unit. 

The  majority  of  the  commercial  policies  written  by  our  Contract  Binding  operating  unit  are  for  a  term  of 
12 months. Exceptions include certain commercial automobile policies that are written for a term that coincides 
with the annual harvest of crops and special event general liability policies that are written for the term of the 
event, which is generally one to two days. Commercial lines policies are paid in full up front or financed with 
various premium finance companies, including PAAC. 

Specialty  Commercial  operating  unit.  Our  Specialty  Commercial  operating  unit  offers  small  and  middle 
market  commercial  excess  liability,  umbrella  and  general  liability  insurance  on  both  an  admitted  and  non-
admitted basis focused primarily on trucking, specialty automobile and non-fleet automobile coverage, excess 
liability for most classes of public entity risks, general aviation property/casualty insurance primarily for private 
and  small  commercial  aircraft  and  airports,  satellite  launch  insurance  products,  medical  and  financial 
professional liability insurance on an excess and surplus lines basis and primary/excess commercial property 
coverage  for  both  catastrophe  and  non-catastrophe  exposures  on  an  excess  and  surplus  lines  basis.  Certain 
specialty programs are also managed by our Specialty Commercial operating unit. 

The small and middle market commercial excess liability, umbrella and general liability insurance underwritten 
by our Specialty Commercial operating unit is offered on an admitted and non-admitted basis in all 50 states 
plus the District of Columbia. Limits of liability offered are from $1,000,000 to $6,000,000 (transportation) 
and $1,000,000 to $10,000,000 (non-transportation) in coverage in excess of the primary carrier’s limits of 
liability. The majority of the excess, umbrella and general liability insurance policies written by our Specialty 
Commercial operating unit are on an annual basis. However, exceptions are common in an attempt to have 
policy effective dates coincide with those of the primary insurance policies. Policy premiums are due in full 
30 days from the inception date of the policy. During 2018, the top ten wholesale brokers accounted for 42% 
of our primary and excess casualty premium volume, with no single wholesale broker accounting for more than 
9%. During 2018, commercial transportation excess liability risks accounted for 68% of the premiums, with 
the remaining 32% coming from non-transportation commercial excess, public entity and general liability risks. 

10 

 
 
 
The commercial excess, umbrella, general liability and public entity excess liability insurance products offered 
by our Specialty Commercial operating unit include the following: 

•  Commercial excess liability. Commercial excess liability insurance is designed to provide an extra 
layer of protection for bodily injury, personal and advertising injury, or property damage losses 
above  the  primary  layer  of  commercial  automobile,  general  liability  and  employer’s  liability 
insurance. The excess insurance does not begin until the limits of liability in the primary layer have 
been exhausted. The excess layer provides not only higher limits, but catastrophic protection from 
large losses. 

•  Commercial  umbrella.  Commercial  umbrella  insurance  protects  businesses  for  bodily  injury, 
personal and advertising injury, or property damage claims in excess of the limits of their primary 
commercial automobile,  general  liability  and  employer’s liability  policies, and for  some  claims 
excluded by their primary policies (subject to a deductible). Umbrella insurance provides not only 
higher limits, but catastrophic protection for large losses. 

•  Commercial general liability. General liability insurance provides coverage for third-party bodily 
injury and property damage claims arising from accidents occurring on the insured’s premises or 
from their general business operations. 

•  Public entity excess liability. Public entity excess liability is designed to provide an extra layer of 
protection for target classes of public entities for auto liability, general liability, public officials’ 
liability, wrongful acts, employment practices liability, law enforcement liability, educators’ legal 
liability and related coverages. 

Our Specialty Commercial operating unit markets, underwrites and services general aviation property/casualty 
insurance in 48 states.   The marketing strategy of our Specialty Commercial operating unit is similar to only a 
few competitors in the U.S. and focuses on developing a well-defined niche centering on transitional pilots, 
older  aircraft  and  small  airports  and  aviation-related  businesses.  In  addition,  our  Specialty  Commercial 
operating unit offers satellite launch property/casualty policies marketed through underwriting agencies with 
technical  knowledge  of  space  insurance.  The  general  aviation  and  satellite  launch  products  offered  by  our 
Specialty Commercial operating unit include the following: 

•  Aircraft. Aircraft insurance provides third-party bodily injury and property damage coverage and 
first-party hull damage coverage against losses resulting from the ownership, maintenance or use 
of aircraft. 

•  Airport  liability.  Airport  liability  insurance  provides  coverage  for  third-party  bodily  injury  and 
property  damage  claims  arising  from  accidents  occurring  on  airport  premises  or  from  their 
operations. 

•  Satellite. We retain up to $2.0 million per risk for satellite launches and in-orbit coverage for up to 

12 months. 

Our  Specialty  Commercial  operating  unit  distributes  its  general  aviation  insurance  products  through  186 
aviation specialty brokers. These specialty brokers submit requests for aviation insurance quotations received 
from the states in which we operate and our Specialty Commercial operating unit selectively determines the 
risks fitting its target niche for which it will prepare a quote. During 2018, the top ten independent specialty 
brokers produced 39%, and no broker produced more than 9%, of the total general aviation premium volume 

11 

 
of our Specialty Commercial operating unit. Our Specialty Commercial operating unit independently develops, 
underwrites and prices each general aviation coverage written. We target standard general aviation risks for 
both commercial (non-airline) and non-commercial uses. We do not accept aircraft that are used for hazardous 
purposes such as crop dusting or heli-skiing. Liability limits are controlled, with 93% of the aircraft written in 
2018 bearing per-occurrence limits of $1,000,000 and per-passenger limits of $100,000 or less. The average 
insured aircraft hull value for aircraft written in 2018 was approximately $169,000. All general aviation policies 
produced by our Specialty Commercial operating unit are written through our insurance company subsidiaries. 

Our Specialty Commercial operating unit markets medical professional liability insurance on an excess and 
surplus  lines  basis.  Medical  professional  liability  insurance  provides  coverage  for  third-party  bodily  injury 
claims resulting from professional services provided by physicians, surgeons, podiatrists and medical entities, 
as  well  as  outpatient  medical  facilities  and  hospitals  and  healthcare  systems.  Our  Specialty  Commercial 
operating unit distributes its medical professional liability insurance products through 34 wholesale and retail 
brokers in 49 states. The Specialty Commercial operating unit also provides medical professional liability to 
senior care facilities through a program where a managing general agent underwrites on our behalf risks that 
meet specific underwriting criteria.  

Our Specialty Commercial operating unit markets financial professional liability insurance on an excess and 
surplus  lines  basis.  Financial  professional  liability  insurance  provides  liability  insurance  for  management 
liability and professional liability on a claims-made basis. Our financial professional liability products target 
miscellaneous professional liability classes. Our Specialty Commercial operating unit distributes its financial 
professional liability insurance products through 30 wholesale brokers in 49 states. Our Specialty Commercial 
operating  unit  markets  primary/excess  commercial  property  coverages,  on  a  non-admitted  basis,  for  both 
catastrophe  and  non-catastrophe  exposures.  Our  Specialty  Commercial  operating  unit  distributes  its 
primary/excess  commercial  property  insurance  products  through  22  wholesale  brokers  in  50  states.  The 
specialty  programs  within  our  Specialty  Commercial  operating  unit  consist  of  fronting  and  agency 
arrangements, as well as a program underwriter. The specialty programs business presently consists primarily 
of  a  fronting  arrangement  in  Texas  for  a  third  party  insurance  company,    a  program  underwriter  writing 
primarily commercial auto liability and physical damage risk in 16 states and a program underwriter writing 
primarily commercial auto coverage for risks specializing in daily rental operations in 45 states.   

Standard Commercial Segment 

The Standard Commercial Segment of our business includes our Standard Commercial P&C operating unit and 
our Workers Compensation operating unit. Effective July 1, 2015, our Workers Compensation operating unit 
ceased marketing or retaining any risk on new or renewal policies. During 2018, our Standard Commercial 
P&C operating unit accounted for all of the premiums produced by the Standard Commercial Segment. 

Standard  Commercial  P&C  operating  unit.  Our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  operating  unit  markets, 
underwrites  and  services  standard  commercial  lines insurance  primarily in the non-urban  areas  of  14  states 
predominately in the southwest and northwest regions. Our Standard Commercial P&C operating unit targets 
customers that are in low-severity classifications in the standard commercial market, which as a group have 
relatively  stable  loss  results.  The  typical  customer  is  a  small  to  midsize  business  with  a  policy  that  covers 
property,  general  liability  and  automobile  exposures.  Our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  operating  unit 
underwriting criteria exclude lines of business and classes of risks that are considered to be high-severity or 
volatile, or which involve significant latent injury potential or other long-tailed liability exposures. In addition, 
our Standard Commercial P&C operating unit previously provided occupational accident coverage in Texas 
through an underwriting agency that is a specialist in the occupational accident insurance market. Effective 

12 

 
June 1,  2016,  we  ceased  marketing  new  or  renewal occupational  accident  policies.  Products  offered  by  our 
Standard Commercial P&C operating unit include the following: 

•  Commercial automobile. Commercial automobile insurance provides third-party bodily injury and 
property damage coverage and first-party property damage coverage against losses resulting from 
the  ownership,  maintenance  or  use  of  automobiles  and  trucks  in  connection  with  an  insured’s 
business. 

•  General liability. General liability insurance provides coverage for third-party bodily injury and 
property damage claims arising from accidents occurring on the insured’s premises or from their 
general business operations. 

•  Umbrella.  Umbrella  insurance  provides  coverage  for  third-party  liability  claims  where  the  loss 
amount  exceeds  coverage  limits  provided  by  the  insured’s  underlying  general  liability  and 
commercial automobile policies. 

•  Commercial  property.  Commercial  property  insurance  provides  first-party  coverage  for  the 
insured’s real property, business personal property, and business interruption losses caused by fire, 
wind, hail, water damage, theft, vandalism and other insured perils. 

•  Commercial multi-peril. Commercial multi-peril insurance provides a combination of property and 

liability coverage that can include commercial automobile coverage on a single policy. 

•  Business owner’s. Business owner’s insurance provides a package of coverage designed for small 
to  midsize  businesses  with  homogeneous  risk  profiles.  Coverage  includes  general  liability, 
commercial property and commercial automobile. 

Our Standard Commercial P&C operating unit markets its property/casualty insurance products through 166 
independent  agency  groups  operating  in  its  target  markets.  Our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  operating  unit 
applies  a  strict  agent  selection  process  and  seeks  to  provide  its  independent  agents  some  degree  of  non-
contractual geographic exclusivity. Our Standard Commercial P&C operating unit also strives to provide its 
independent agents with convenient access to product information and personalized service. As a result, the 
Standard Commercial P&C operating unit has historically maintained excellent relationships with its producing 
agents, as evidenced by the 21 year average tenure of the 25 agency groups that each produced more than $1.0 
million  in  premium  during  the year  ended  December 31,  2018.  During  2018,  the  top  ten  agency  groups 
produced 37%, and no individual agency group produced more than 7%, of the total premium volume of our 
Standard Commercial P&C operating unit. 

Our Standard Commercial P&C operating unit writes most risks on a package basis using a commercial multi-
peril policy or a business owner’s policy. Umbrella policies are written only when our Standard Commercial 
P&C operating unit also writes the insured’s underlying general liability and commercial automobile coverage. 

All  of  the  commercial  policies  written  by  our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  operating  unit  are  for  a  term  of 
12 months.  If  the  insured  is  unable  or  unwilling  to  pay  for  the  entire  premium  in  advance,  we  provide  an 
installment payment plan that requires the insured to pay 20% or 25% down and the remaining payments over 
eight months. We charge installment fees of up to $7.50 per payment for the installment payment plan. 

13 

 
Workers  Compensation  operating  unit.  Effective  July 1,  2015,  this  operating  unit  ceased  marketing  or 
retaining  any  risk  on  new  or  renewal  policies.  The  run-off  of  existing  policies  issued  by    our  Workers 
Compensation operating unit is being administered by an independent third party. 

Personal Segment / Specialty Personal Lines operating unit 

The  Personal  Segment  of  our  business  consists  solely  of  our  Specialty  Personal  Lines  operating  unit.  Our 
Specialty Personal Lines operating unit markets and services non-standard personal automobile policies and 
renters insurance in 10 and 12 states, respectively. Our non-standard personal automobile insurance generally 
provides for the minimum limits of liability coverage mandated by state laws to drivers who find it difficult to 
purchase automobile insurance from standard carriers as a result of various factors, including driving record, 
vehicle, age, claims history, or limited financial resources. Products offered by our Specialty Personal Lines 
operating unit include the following: 

•  Personal  automobile.  Personal  automobile  insurance  is  the  primary  product  offered  by  our 
Specialty  Personal  Lines  operating  unit.  Our  policies  typically  provide  third-party  coverage  to 
individuals for bodily injury and property damage at the minimum limits required by law, and for 
physical damage to an insured’s own vehicle from collision and various other perils. In addition, 
many states require policies to provide for first party personal injury protection, frequently referred 
to as no-fault coverage. 

•  Renters. Renters insurance provides coverage for the contents of a renter’s home or apartment and 
for liability. Renter’s policies are similar to homeowners insurance, except they do not cover the 
structure. 

Our  Specialty  Personal  Lines  operating  unit  markets  its  products  through  4,305  independent  retail  agent 
locations  operating  in  its  target  geographic  markets.  Non-standard  automobile  represented  96%  of  the 
premiums produced during 2018. Our Specialty Personal Lines operating unit qualifies new agent appointments 
in order to establish an efficient network of independent agents to effectively penetrate its highly competitive 
markets.  Our  Specialty  Personal  Lines  operating  unit  periodically  evaluates  its  independent  agents  and 
discontinues the appointment of agents whose production history does not satisfy certain standards. During 
2018, the top ten independent agency locations produced 36%, and no individual agency location produced 
more than 6%, of the total premium volume of our Specialty Personal Lines operating unit. 

During  2018,  personal  automobile  liability  coverage  accounted  for  72%  and  personal  automobile  physical 
damage coverage accounted for the remaining 28% of the total non-standard automobile premiums produced 
by our Specialty Personal Lines operating unit. Our most common policy term is a six month policy. We offer 
additional  terms  of  one-month  policies  on  a  limited  basis.  Our  typical  non-standard  personal  automobile 
customer is unable or unwilling to pay a full or half year premium in advance. Accordingly, we currently offer 
a  direct  bill  program  where  the  premiums  are  directly  billed  to the  insured  on  a monthly  basis.  We  charge 
installment fees for each payment under the direct bill program.  

Our Competitive Strengths 

We believe that we enjoy the following competitive strengths: 

•  Specialized  market  knowledge  and  underwriting  expertise.  All  of  our  operating  units  possess 
extensive knowledge of the specialty and niche markets in which they operate, which we believe 
allows  them  to  effectively  structure  and  market  their property/casualty  insurance  products.  Our 

14 

 
Contract  Binding  operating  unit  and  Specialty  Commercial  operating  unit  have  developed 
specialized  underwriting  expertise  which  enhances  their  ability  to  profitably  underwrite  non-
standard property/casualty insurance coverages. Our Standard Commercial P&C operating unit has 
significant underwriting experience in its target market for standard commercial property/casualty 
insurance  products.  In  addition,  our  Specialty  Personal  Lines  operating  unit  has  a  thorough 
understanding of the unique characteristics of the non-standard personal automobile market. 

•  Tailored market strategies. Each of our operating units has developed its own customized strategy 
for  penetrating  the  specialty  or  niche  markets  in  which  it  operates.  These  strategies  include 
distinctive product structuring, marketing, distribution, underwriting and servicing approaches by 
each operating unit. As a result, we are able to structure our property/casualty insurance products 
to  serve  the  unique  risk  and  coverage  needs  of  our  insureds.  We  believe  these  market-specific 
strategies enable us to provide policies tailored to the target customer that are appropriately priced 
and fit our risk profile. 

•  Superior agent and customer service. We believe performing the underwriting, billing, customer 
service and claims management functions tailored to the needs of each operating unit allows us to 
provide superior service to both our independent agents and insured customers. The easy-to-use 
interfaces  and  responsiveness  of  our  operating  units  enhance  their  relationships  with  the 
independent agents who sell our policies. We also believe our consistency in offering our insurance 
products through hard and soft markets helps to build and maintain the loyalty of our independent 
agents.  Our  customized  products,  flexible  payment  plans  and  prompt  claims  processing  are 
similarly beneficial to our insureds. 

•  Market  diversification.  We  believe  operating  in  various  specialty  and  niche  segments  of  the 
property/casualty insurance market diversifies both our revenues and our risks. We also believe our 
operating units generally operate on different market cycles, producing more earnings stability than 
if we focused entirely on one product. As a result of the pooling arrangement among four of our 
insurance company subsidiaries, we are able to efficiently allocate our capital among these various 
specialty  and  niche  markets  in  response  to  market  conditions  and  expansion  opportunities.  We 
believe this market diversification reduces our risk profile and enhances our profitability. 

•  Experienced management team. Our senior corporate management team has extensive insurance 
experience. In addition, our operating units have strong management and underwriting teams, that 
also have extensive insurance industry experience. Our management has significant experience in 
all aspects of property/casualty insurance, including underwriting, claims management, actuarial 
analysis, reinsurance and regulatory compliance. In addition, Hallmark’s senior management has a 
strong  track  record  of  acquiring  businesses  that  expand  our  product  offerings  and  improve  our 
profitability profile. 

Our Strategy 

We strive to become a “Best in Class” specialty insurance company offering products in specialty and niche 
markets through the following strategies: 

•  Focusing on underwriting discipline and operational efficiency. We seek to consistently generate 
an underwriting profit on the business we write in hard and soft markets. Our operating units have 
a  strong  track  record  of  underwriting  discipline  and  operational  efficiency,  which  we  seek  to 
continue. We believe that in soft markets our competitors often offer policies at a low or negative 

15 

 
underwriting profit in order to maintain or increase their premium volume and market share. In 
contrast, we seek to write business based on its profitability rather than focusing solely on premium 
production.  To  that  end,  we  provide  financial  incentives  to  many  of  our  underwriters  and 
independent agents based on underwriting profitability. 

•  Achieving  organic  growth  in  our  existing  business  lines.  We  believe  we  can  achieve  organic 
growth  in  our  existing  business  lines  by  consistently  providing  our  insurance  products  through 
market cycles, expanding geographically, expanding our product offerings, expanding our agency 
relationships and further penetrating our existing customer base. We believe our extensive market 
knowledge  and  strong  agency  relationships  position  us  to  compete  effectively  in  our  various 
specialty and niche markets. We also believe there is a significant opportunity to expand some of 
our existing business lines into new geographical areas and through new agency relationships while 
maintaining our underwriting discipline and operational efficiency. In addition, we believe there is 
an opportunity for some of our operating units to further penetrate their existing customer bases 
with additional products offered by other operating units. 

•  Pursuing  selected,  opportunistic  acquisitions.  We  seek  to  opportunistically  acquire  insurance 
organizations  that  operate  in  specialty  or  niche  property/casualty  insurance  markets  that  are 
complementary  to  our  existing  operations.  We  seek  to  acquire  companies  with  experienced 
management teams, stable loss results and strong track records of underwriting profitability and 
operational  efficiency.  Where  appropriate,  we  intend  to  ultimately  retain  profitable  business 
produced by the acquired companies that would otherwise be retained by unaffiliated insurers. Our 
management  has  significant  experience  in  evaluating  potential  acquisition  targets,  structuring 
transactions to ensure continued success and integrating acquired companies into our operational 
structure. 

•  Maintaining a strong balance sheet. We seek to maintain a strong balance sheet by employing 
conservative  investment,  reinsurance  and  reserving  practices  and  to  measure  our  performance 
based on long-term growth in book value per share. 

Distribution 

We market our property/casualty insurance products predominately through independent general agents, retail 
agents and specialty brokers. Therefore, our relationships with independent agents and brokers are critical to 
our ability to identify, attract and retain profitable business. Each of our operating units has developed its own 
tailored approach to establishing and maintaining its relationships with these independent distributors of our 
products.  These  strategies  focus  on  providing  excellent  service  to  our  agents  and  brokers,  maintaining  a 
consistent presence in our target niche and specialty markets through hard and soft market cycles and fairly 
compensating  the agents  and  brokers  who  market  our  products.  Our  operating  units  also  regularly  evaluate 
independent general and retail agents based on the underwriting profitability of the business they produce and 
their performance in relation to our objectives. 

Except for the products of our Specialty Commercial Segment, the distribution of property/casualty insurance 
products by our operating units is geographically concentrated. For the twelve months ended December 31, 
2018, five states accounted for approximately 54% of the gross premiums written by our insurance company 
subsidiaries.  

16 

 
 
 
The  following  table  reflects  the  geographic  distribution  of  our  insured  risks,  as  represented  by  direct  and 
assumed premiums written by our business segments for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. 

State 

Texas 
California 
Arizona 
Florida 
Oklahoma 
All other states 
Total gross premiums written 
Percent of total 

Underwriting 

      Specialty        Standard        
  Commercial   Commercial   Personal  
      Segment 
      Segment 

      Segment       Total 

  Percent of   
      Total 

$ 

  $ 

  $ 

 177,410  
 56,591  
 3,319  
 26,057  
 15,023  
 223,406  
 501,806  

$ 
 75.7 %     

(dollars in thousands) 

 21,558  
 —  
 1,136  
 —  
 —  
 63,427  
 86,121  

$  18,163  
 —  
    28,249  
 —  
 7,836  
    20,840  
$  75,088  

$  217,131   
 56,591   
 32,704   
 26,057   
 22,859   
   307,673   
$  663,015   

 13.0 %     

 11.3 %     

 100.0 %   

 32.8 % 
 8.5 % 
 4.9 % 
 3.9 % 
 3.5 % 
 46.4 % 

The underwriting process employed by our operating units involves securing an adequate level of underwriting 
information, identifying and evaluating risk exposures and then pricing the risks we choose to accept. Each of 
our operating units offering commercial, healthcare professional, aviation or public entity insurance products 
employs its own underwriters with in-depth knowledge of the specific niche and specialty markets targeted by 
that operating unit. We employ a disciplined underwriting approach that seeks to provide policies appropriately 
tailored to the specified risks and to adopt price structures that will be supported in the applicable market. Our 
experienced  commercial,  healthcare  professional,  aviation  and  public  entity  underwriters  have  developed 
underwriting principles and processes appropriate to the coverages offered by their respective operating units. 

We believe that managing the underwriting process through our operating units capitalizes on the knowledge 
and  expertise  of their  personnel in  specific  markets  and  results  in  better  underwriting  decisions.  All  of  our 
underwriters  have  established  limits  of  underwriting  authority  based  on  their  level  of  experience.  We  also 
provide financial incentives to many of our underwriters based on underwriting profitability. 

To better diversify our revenue sources and manage our risk, we seek to maintain an appropriate business mix 
among our operating units. At the beginning of each year, we establish a target net loss ratio for each operating 
unit. We continually monitor actual net loss ratios against targets. If any line of business fails to meet its target 
net loss ratio, we seek input from our underwriting, actuarial and claims management personnel to develop a 
corrective  action  plan.  Depending  on  the  particular  circumstances,  that  plan  may  involve  tightening 
underwriting  guidelines,  increasing  rates,  modifying  product  structure,  re-evaluating  independent  agency 
relationships or discontinuing unprofitable coverages or classes of risk. 

An  insurance  company’s  underwriting  performance  is  traditionally  measured  by  its  statutory  loss  and  loss 
adjustment expense ratio, its statutory expense ratio and its statutory combined ratio. The statutory loss and loss 
adjustment expense ratio, which is calculated as the ratio of net losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) 
incurred  to  net  premiums  earned,  helps  to  assess  the  adequacy  of  the  insurer’s  rates,  the  propriety  of  its 
underwriting guidelines and the performance of its claims department. The statutory expense ratio, which is 
calculated as the ratio of underwriting and operating expenses to net premiums written, assists in measuring the 
insurer’s cost of processing and managing the business. The statutory combined ratio, which is the sum of the 
statutory  loss  and  LAE  ratio  and  the  statutory  expense  ratio,  is  indicative  of  the  overall  profitability  of  an 

17 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
     
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
 
  
    
 
insurer’s underwriting activities, with a combined ratio of less than 100% indicating profitable underwriting 
results. 

The following table shows, for the periods indicated, (i) our gross premiums written (in thousands); and (ii) our 
underwriting results as measured by the net statutory loss and LAE ratio, the net statutory expense ratio, and 
the net statutory combined ratio of our insurance company subsidiaries. 

Gross premiums written 
Net statutory loss & LAE ratio 
Net statutory expense ratio 
Net statutory combined ratio 

  $ 

Year Ended December 31,  
2017 
 604,156  

2018 
 663,015  

$ 
 69.8 %     
 25.5 %     
 95.3 %     

$ 
 79.1 %     
 27.0 %     
 106.1 %     

2016 
 549,077  

 71.2 % 
 29.4 % 
 100.6 % 

These  statutory  ratios  do  not  reflect  the  deferral  of  policy  acquisition  costs,  investment  income,  premium 
finance  revenues,  or  the  elimination  of  inter-company  transactions  required  by  U.S.  generally  accepted 
accounting principles (“GAAP”). 

The premium-to-surplus percentage measures the relationship between net premiums written in a given period 
(premiums written, less returned premiums and reinsurance ceded to other carriers) to policyholders surplus 
(admitted  assets  less  liabilities),  determined  on  the  basis  of  statutory  accounting  practices  prescribed  or 
permitted  by  insurance  regulatory  authorities.  State  insurance  department  regulators  expect  insurance 
companies  to  maintain  a  premium-to-surplus percentage  of  not  more  than  300%.  For  the years  ended 
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, our consolidated premium-to-surplus ratios were 147%, 157% and 146%, 
respectively. 

Claims Management and Administration 

We believe that effective claims management is critical to our success and that our claims management process 
is  cost-effective,  delivers  the  appropriate  level  of  claims  service  and  produces  superior  claims  results.  Our 
claims management philosophy emphasizes the delivery of courteous, prompt and effective claims handling 
and  embraces  responsiveness  to  policyholders  and  agents.  Our  claims  strategy  focuses  on  thorough 
investigation,  timely  evaluation  and  fair  settlement  of  covered  claims  while  consistently  maintaining 
appropriate case reserves. We seek to compress the cycle time of claim resolution in order to control both loss 
and claim handling cost. We also strive to control legal expenses by negotiating competitive rates with defense 
counsel and vendors, establishing litigation budgets and monitoring invoices. 

Each of our operating units maintains its own dedicated staff of specialized claims personnel to manage and 
administer claims arising under policies produced through their respective operations. The claims process is 
managed centrally through a combination of experienced claims managers, seasoned claims supervisors, trained 
staff adjusters and independent adjustment or appraisal services, when appropriate. All adjusters are licensed 
in those jurisdictions for which they handle claims that require licensing. Limits on settlement authority are 
established for each claims supervisor and staff adjuster based on their level of experience. Certain independent 
adjusters have limited authority to settle claims. Claim exposures are periodically and systematically reviewed 
by claim supervisors and managers as a method of quality and loss control. Large loss exposures are reviewed 
at least quarterly with senior management of the operating unit and monitored by Hallmark senior management. 

18 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Claims  personnel  receive in-house  training  and are  required to  attend  various  continuing  education  courses 
pertaining to topics such as best practices, fraud awareness, legal environment, legislative changes and litigation 
management. Depending on the criteria of each operating unit, our claims adjusters are assigned a variety of 
claims to enhance their knowledge and ensure their continued development in efficiently handling claims. As 
of  December 31,  2018,  we  had  a  total  of  92  claims  managers,  supervisors  and  adjusters  with  an  average 
experience of approximately 16 years. 

Analysis of Losses and LAE 

Our consolidated financial statements include an estimated reserve for unpaid losses and LAE. We estimate our 
reserve for unpaid losses and LAE by using case-basis evaluations and statistical projections, which include 
inferences  from  both  losses  paid  and  losses  incurred.  We  also  use  recent  historical  cost  data  and  periodic 
reviews of underwriting standards and claims management practices to modify the statistical projections. We 
give  consideration  to  the  impact  of  inflation  in  determining  our  loss  reserves,  but  do  not  discount  reserve 
balances. 

The amount of reserves represents our estimate of the ultimate cost of all unpaid losses and LAE incurred. 
These estimates are subject to the effect of trends in claim severity and frequency. We regularly review the 
estimates  and  adjust  them  as  claims  experience  develops  and  new  information  becomes  known.  Such 
adjustments are included in current operations, including increases and decreases, net of reinsurance, in the 
estimate of ultimate liabilities for insured events of prior years. 

Changes in loss development patterns and claim payments can significantly affect the ability of insurers to 
estimate reserves for unpaid losses and related expenses. We seek to continually improve our loss estimation 
process by refining our ability to analyze loss development patterns, claim payments and other information 
within a legal and regulatory environment that affects development of ultimate liabilities. Future changes in 
estimates of claim costs may adversely affect future period operating results. However, such effects cannot be 
reasonably estimated currently. 

Additional  information  relating  to  our  loss  reserve  development  is  included  under  Item 7,  “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and Note 6, “Reserves for Losses 
and Loss Adjustment Expenses,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Reinsurance 

We reinsure a portion of the risk we underwrite in order to control the exposure to losses and to protect capital 
resources. We cede to reinsurers a portion of these risks and pay premiums based upon the risk and exposure 
of the policies subject to such reinsurance. Ceded reinsurance involves credit risk and is generally subject to 
aggregate  loss  limits.  Although  the  reinsurer  is  liable  to  us  to  the  extent  of  the  reinsurance  ceded,  we  are 
ultimately  liable  as  the  direct  insurer  on  all  risks  reinsured.  Reinsurance  recoverables  are  reported  after 
allowances for uncollectible amounts. We monitor the financial condition of reinsurers on an ongoing basis and 
review our reinsurance arrangements periodically. Reinsurers are selected based on their financial condition, 
business  practices  and  the  price  of  their  product  offerings.  In  order  to  mitigate  credit  risk  to  reinsurance 
companies, most of our reinsurance recoverable balance as of December 31, 2018 was with reinsurers that had 
an A.M. Best rating of “A–” or better. We also mitigate our credit risk for the remaining reinsurance recoverable 
by obtaining letters of credit. 

19 

 
The following table presents our gross and net premiums written and earned and reinsurance recoveries for 
each of the last three years (in thousands). 

Gross premiums written 
Ceded premiums written 
Net premiums written 
Gross premiums earned 
Ceded premiums earned 
Net premiums earned 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

2016 

Year Ended December 31,  
2017 
 604,156    $        549,077 
 (238,573 )            (187,248) 
 365,583    $        361,829 
 568,769    $        524,229 
 (207,732 )            (170,859) 
 361,037    $        353,370 

2018 
 663,015   $ 
 (299,217 ) 
 363,798   $ 
 641,596   $ 
 (278,509 ) 
 363,087   $ 

Reinsurance recoveries 

  $ 

 199,690   $ 

 144,948    $        116,057 

Investment Portfolio 

Our  investment  objective  is  to  maximize  current  yield  while  maintaining  safety  of  capital  together  with 
sufficient liquidity for ongoing insurance operations. Our investment portfolio is composed of fixed-income 
securities, equity securities and other investments. As of December 31, 2018, we had total invested assets of 
$627.9  million.  If  market  rates  were  to  increase  by  1%,  the  fair  value  of  our  fixed-income  securities  as  of 
December 31, 2018 would decrease by approximately $7.6 million. The following table shows the fair values 
of various categories of fixed-income securities, the percentage of the total fair value of our invested assets 
represented  by  each  category  and  the  tax  equivalent  book  yield  of  each  category  of  invested  assets  as  of 
December 31, 2018 and 2017. 

As of December 31, 2018 
  Percent of  
Fair 

As of December 31, 2017 
  Percent of  
Fair 
      Yield       Value        Total 

      Yield   

      Value        Total 

(in thousands) 

(in thousands) 

Category: 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
US Treasury securities and obligations 
of U.S. Government 
Mortgage backed 
Total 

  $  242,152   
   126,528   
   115,527   

 48,106   
 13,557   
  $  545,870   

 44.4 %   
 23.2 %   
 21.1 %   

 2.8 %   $  279,073   
 5.0 %      125,937   
 3.6 %      134,256   

 46.1 %   
 20.8 %   
 22.2 %   

 2.5 % 
 3.9 % 
 2.9 % 

 8.8 %   
 2.5 %   
 100.0 %   

 1.9 %       49,947   
 3.1 %       16,533   
 3.4 %   $  605,746   

 8.2 %   
 2.7 %   
 100.0 %   

 1.8 % 
 2.6 % 
 2.9 % 

20 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
 
     
     
    
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
The  weighted  average  credit  rating  for  our  fixed-income  portfolio  was  BBB+  at  December 31,  2018.  The 
following table shows the distribution of our fixed-income portfolio by rating as a percentage of total fair value 
as of December 31, 2018 and 2017: 

Rating: 
"AAA" 
"AA" 
"A" 
"BBB" 
"BB" 
"B" 
"CCC" 
"CC" 
"D" 
"NR" 
Total 

As of 

As of 

  December 31, 2018   December 31, 2017   

 13.6 %   
 6.7 %   
 11.8 %   
 44.3 %   
 19.1 %   
 0.3 %   
 0.2 %   
 1.0 %   
 — %   
 3.0 %   
 100.0 %   

 4.3 % 
 20.3 % 
 8.4 % 
 46.3 % 
 15.0 % 
 1.3 % 
 0.1 % 
 — % 
 0.7 % 
 3.6 % 
 100.0 % 

The following table shows the composition of our fixed-income portfolio by remaining time to maturity as of 
December 31, 2018 and 2017. 

  As of December 31, 2018   

     Percentage of       
Total 

As of December 31, 2017    
     Percentage of   
Total 
Fair Value 

  Fair Value  

Fair Value    Fair Value  

Remaining time to maturity: 
Less than one year 
One to five years 
Five to ten years 
More than ten years 
Mortgage-backed 
Total 

(in thousands) 

(in thousands) 

  $   120,127   
 284,947   
 102,047   
 25,192   
 13,557   
  $   545,870   

 22.0 %   $   116,060   
 308,829   
 52.2 %     
 124,168   
 18.7 %     
 40,156   
 4.6 %     
 16,533   
 2.5 %     
 100.0 %   $   605,746   

 19.2 % 
 51.0 % 
 20.5 % 
 6.6 % 
 2.7 % 
 100.0 % 

Our investment strategy is to conservatively manage our investment portfolio by investing primarily in readily 
marketable,  investment-grade,  fixed-income  securities.  As  of  December 31,  2018,  13%  of  our  investment 
portfolio was invested in equity securities. Our investment portfolio is managed internally. We regularly review 
our portfolio for declines in value. For fixed maturity investments that are considered other-than-temporarily 
impaired  and  that  we  do  not  intend  to  sell  and  will  not  be  required  to  sell,  we  separate  the  amount  of  the 
impairment into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component) and the amount due to all other factors. 
The credit loss component is recognized in earnings and is the difference between the investment’s amortized 
cost  basis  and  the  present  value  of  its  expected  future  cash  flows.  The  remaining  difference  between  the 
investment’s fair value and the present value of future expected cash flows is recognized in other comprehensive 
income. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
     
     
 
     
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
The following table details the net unrealized gain balance by invested asset category as of December 31, 2018. 

Category 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations  
of U.S. Government 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
Mortgage-backed 
Equity securities 
Other investments 
Total 

  Net Unrealized Gain Balance 
(in thousands) 

  $                                        (503) 
                                      (1,162) 
                                      (5,251) 
                                       2,953 
                                         (435) 
                                     12,187 
                                      (2,615) 
  $                                      5,174 

As part of our overall investment strategy, we also maintain an integrated cash management system utilizing 
on-line  banking  services  and  daily  overnight  investment  accounts  to  maximize  investment  earnings  on  all 
available cash. 

Technology 

The majority of our technology systems are based on products licensed from insurance-specific technology 
vendors that have been substantially customized to meet the unique needs of our various operating units. Our 
technology  systems  primarily  consist  of  integrated  central  processing  computers,  a  series  of  server-based 
computer networks and  communications systems that allow our various operations to share systems solutions 
and  communicate  to  the  corporate  office  in  a  timely,  secure  and  consistent  manner.  We  maintain  backup 
facilities and systems through a contract with a leading provider of computer disaster recovery services. Each 
operating  unit  bears  the  information services  expenses  specific to  its  operations  as  well  as a  portion  of the 
corporate services expenses. Increases to vendor license and service fees are capped per annum. 

We believe the implementation of our various technology systems has increased our efficiency in the processing 
of our business, resulting in lower operating costs. Additionally, our systems enable us to provide a high level 
of  service  to  our  agents  and  policyholders  by  processing  our  business  in  a  timely  and  efficient  manner, 
communicating  and  sharing  data  with  our  agents  and  providing  a  variety  of  methods  for  the  payment  of 
premiums. We believe these systems have also improved the accumulation and analysis of information for our 
management. 

Our  business  is  highly  dependent  upon  the  successful  and  uninterrupted  functioning  of  our  information 
technology systems. Publicly reported cybersecurity intrusions have increased recently and the insurance sector 
as a whole is more exposed than in the past. Cybersecurity threats extend from  individual attempts to gain 
unauthorized  access  to  our  information  technology  systems  through  coordinated,  elaborate  and  targeted 
activity.  We  retain  highly  trained  staff  committed  to  the  development  and  maintenance  of  our  information 
technology systems. We maintain and regularly review recovery plans which are intended to enable us to restore 
critical systems with minimal disruption. We have established an information security committee to oversee 
and  steer  risk  management  plans  to  manage  these  exposures  on  an  ongoing  basis.  We  also  employ 
comprehensive  employee  engagement  and  training  programs  to  guard  against  the  potential  for  malicious 
attempts to extort sensitive information from our systems using social engineering techniques (also known as 

22 

 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“phishing”)  and  have  increased  our  cyber  liability  insurance  to  seek  to  minimize  our  post-event  financial 
impacts. 

We recognize the potential for new risks arising alongside the benefits we derive from technological and digital 
development.  We  employ  technological  security  measures  to  prevent,  detect  and  mitigate  such  threats, 
including  independent  and  in-house  vulnerability  assessments,  access  controls,  data  encryption,  continuous 
monitoring of our information technology networks and systems and maintenance of backup and protective 
systems.  Nonetheless,  the  infrastructure  may  be  vulnerable  to  security  incidents  which  could  result  in  the 
disruption of business operations and the corruption, unavailability, misappropriation or destruction of critical 
data  and  confidential  information  (both  our  own  and  of  third  parties).  The  compromise  of  personal  and 
confidential information could lead to legal liability or regulatory action under evolving cybersecurity, data 
protection and privacy laws and regulations enacted in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. In this 
respect  on  March 1,  2017,  new  cybersecurity  rules were  implemented  by  the  New  York  Department  of 
Financial  Services  (the  “NYS  Cybersecurity  Regulation”).  These  NYS  Cybersecurity  Regulations  impose 
additional regulatory requirements that seek to protect confidentiality, integrity and availability of information 
systems. We also anticipate additional NAIC regulations as a result of the Insurance Data Security Model Law 
which will require insurers to meet state requirements beyond those imposed by New York. The implementation 
of these various regulations impose additional compliance obligations which have necessitated ongoing review 
of our policies and procedures. 

Ratings 

Many insurance buyers, agents and brokers use the ratings assigned by A.M. Best and other rating agencies to 
assist  them  in  assessing  the  financial  strength  and  overall  quality  of  the  companies  from  which  they  are 
considering  purchasing  insurance. A.M.  Best  has  pooled  its  ratings  of  our  AHIC,  HIC,  HSIC  and  HNIC 
subsidiaries and assigned a financial strength rating of “A-” (Excellent) and an issuer credit rating of “a-” to 
each of these individual insurance company subsidiaries and to the pool formed by the four insurance company 
subsidiaries. A.M. Best has also assigned a financial strength rating of “A-” (Excellent) and an issuer credit 
rating of “a-” to HCM. A.M. Best does not assign a financial strength rating or an issuer credit rating to TBIC. 
An  “A–”  rating  is  the  fourth  highest  of  15  rating  categories  used  by A.M.  Best.  In  evaluating  an  insurer’s 
financial  and  operating  performance, A.M.  Best  reviews  the  company’s  profitability,  indebtedness  and 
liquidity,  as  well  as  its  book  of  business,  the  adequacy  and  soundness  of  its  reinsurance,  the  quality  and 
estimated  fair  value  of  its  assets,  the  adequacy  of  its  loss  reserves,  the  adequacy  of  its  surplus,  its  capital 
structure, the experience and competence of its management and its market presence. A.M. Best’s ratings reflect 
its  opinion  of  an  insurer’s  financial  strength,  operating  performance  and  ability  to  meet  its  obligations  to 
policyholders  and  are  not  an  evaluation  directed  at  investors  or  recommendations  to  buy,  sell  or  hold  an 
insurer’s stock. 

Competition 

The property/casualty insurance market, our primary source of revenue, is highly competitive and, except for 
regulatory  considerations,  has  very  few  barriers  to  entry.  According  to A.M.  Best,  there  were  2,994 
property/casualty  insurance  companies  and  2,060  property/casualty  insurance  groups  operating  in  North 
America as of July 2, 2018. The primary competition for our Contract Binding operating unit includes such 
carriers  as  American  Millennium  Insurance  Company,  Canal  Insurance  Company,  Clear  Blue  Insurance 
Company, Commercial Alliance Insurance Company, National Casualty Company, National Liability & Fire 
Insurance  Company,  Northland  Insurance  Company,  Progressive  County  Mutual,  State  National  Insurance 
Company, Prime Insurance Company, Underwriters at Lloyds of London, and Wilshire Insurance Company. 
Our  Specialty  Commercial  operating  unit  considers  its  primary  competition  for  our  excess,  umbrella  and 

23 

 
general  liability  insurance  products  to  include  such  carriers  as  American  International  Group, Inc.,  First 
Mercury  Insurance  Company,  Axis  Insurance  Company,  Berkshire  Hathaway  Companies,  Endurance 
American Specialty Insurance Company,XL Specialty Insurance, Navigators, and W.R. Berkley Corporation 
and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  a  number  of  national  standard  lines  carriers  such  as  Travelers  Companies, Inc.  and 
Liberty Mutual Group. The primary competitors for our general aviation insurance products produced by our 
Specialty  Commercial  operating  unit  are  Old  Republic  Aviation  Managers,  Starr  Aviation,  American 
International Group, Inc., United States Specialty Insurance Company, W. Brown & Company, United States 
Aircraft Insurance Group, Global Aerospace and Allianz Aviation Managers. The primary competition for the 
medical professional liability insurance products produced by our Specialty Commercial operating unit includes 
such  carriers  as  Admiral  Insurance  Company,  Aspen,  Beazley,  CNA  Financial  Corporation,  Iron  Health, 
Kinsale  Insurance  Company,  Markel,  Medical  Protective  Insurance  Company,   ProAssurance  Corporation, 
RSUI Group and TDC Companies. The primary competition for the financial professional liability insurance 
products produced by our Specialty Commercial operating unit are Admiral Insurance Company, American 
International Group Companies, Argonaut Insurance Company, Chubb Group of Insurance Companies, Euclid 
Executive Liability Managers, Berkley Insurance Company, CNA Financial Corporation, Evanston Insurance 
Company, Kinsale Insurance Company, RSUI Group, Hiscox USA, and XL Catlin Insurance Company.  The 
primary competition for our primary/excess commercial property insurance products includes such carriers as 
Chubb Westchester, Aspen Insurance, Everst National Insurance Company, RSUI Group, Navigators Specialty 
Insurance Company, Starr Surplus Lines, Ironshore Specialty Insurance Company, Axis Insurance Company, 
and Markel Insurance Company. Our Standard Commercial P&C operating unit competes with a variety of 
large national standard commercial lines carriers such as Liberty Mutual Group, Travelers Companies, Inc., 
Cincinnati  Financial  Corporation  and  The  Hartford  Financial  Services  Group,  as  well  as  numerous  smaller 
regional companies. Although our Specialty Personal Lines operating unit competes with large national insurers 
such as Allstate Corporation, GEICO Corporation and Progressive Insurance Company, as a participant in the 
non-standard  personal  automobile  marketplace  its  competition  is  most  directly  associated  with  numerous 
regional companies and managing general agencies. Our competitors include entities that have, or are affiliated 
with entities that have, greater financial and other resources than we have. Generally, we compete on price, 
customer  service,  coverages  offered,  claims  handling,  financial  stability,  agent  commission  and  support, 
customer  recognition  and  geographic  coverage.  We  compete  with  companies  who  use  independent  agents, 
captive agent networks, direct marketing channels or a combination thereof. 

Insurance Regulation 

AHIC, HCM and TBIC are domiciled in Texas, HIC and HNIC are domiciled in Arizona and HSIC is domiciled 
in Oklahoma. Therefore, our insurance operations are regulated by the Texas Department of Insurance, the 
Arizona Department of Insurance and the Oklahoma Insurance Department, as well as the applicable insurance 
department of each state in which we issue policies. Our insurance company subsidiaries are required to file 
quarterly and annual statements of their financial condition prepared in accordance with statutory accounting 
practices  with the  insurance  departments  of their  respective  states of  domicile and  the applicable insurance 
department  of  each  state  in  which  they  write  business.  The  financial  conditions  of  our  insurance  company 
subsidiaries,  including  the adequacy  of surplus, loss  reserves  and  investments, are subject to review  by the 
insurance department of their respective states of domicile. 

Periodic financial and market conduct examinations. The insurance departments of the states of domicile for 
our insurance company subsidiaries have broad authority to enforce insurance laws and regulations through 
examinations, administrative orders, civil and criminal enforcement proceedings, and suspension or revocation 
of  an  insurer’s  certificate  of  authority  or  an  agent’s  license.  The  state  insurance  departments  that  have 
jurisdiction  over  our  insurance  company  subsidiaries  may  conduct  on-site  visits  and  examinations  of  the 
insurance  companies’  affairs,  especially  as  to  their  financial  condition,  ability  to  fulfill  their  obligations  to 

24 

 
policyholders, market conduct, claims practices and compliance with other laws and applicable regulations. 
Typically,  these examinations  are  conducted  every  three  to  five years.  In  addition,  if circumstances  dictate, 
regulators are authorized to conduct special or target examinations of insurance companies to address particular 
concerns  or  issues.  The  results  of  these  examinations  can  give  rise  to  injunctive  relief,  regulatory  orders 
requiring remedial or other corrective action on the part of the company that is the subject of the examination, 
assessment  of fines, or  other  penalties  against  that  company.  In  extreme  cases, including  actual  or  pending 
insolvency, the insurance department may take over, or appoint a receiver to take over, the management or 
operations of an insurer or an agent’s business or assets. 

Guaranty funds. All insurance companies are subject to assessments for state-administered funds that cover 
the claims and expenses of insolvent or impaired insurers. The size of the assessment is determined each year 
by the total claims on the fund that year. Each insurer is assessed a pro rata share based on its direct premiums 
written in that state. Payments to the fund may generally be recovered by the insurer through deductions from 
its premium taxes over a specified period of years. 

Transactions between insurance companies and their affiliates. Hallmark is also regulated as an insurance 
holding  company  by  the  Texas  Department  of  Insurance,  the  Arizona  Department  of  Insurance  and  the 
Oklahoma  Insurance  Department.  Financial  transactions  between  Hallmark  or  any  of  its  affiliates  and  our 
insurance  company  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  regulation.  Transactions  between  our  insurance  company 
subsidiaries and their affiliates generally must be disclosed to state regulators, and prior regulatory approval 
generally is required before any material or extraordinary transaction may be consummated or any management 
agreement, services agreement, expense sharing arrangement or other contract providing for the rendering of 
services on a regular, systematic basis is implemented. State regulators may refuse to approve or may delay 
approval of such a transaction, which may impact our ability to innovate or operate efficiently. 

Dividends. Dividends and distributions to Hallmark by our insurance company subsidiaries are restricted by 
the insurance regulations of the respective state in which each insurance company subsidiary is domiciled. As 
property/casualty  insurance  companies  domiciled  in  the  state  of  Texas,  AHIC  and  TBIC  may  only  pay 
dividends from unassigned surplus funds. In addition, AHIC and TBIC must obtain the approval of the Texas 
Department of Insurance before the payment of extraordinary dividends, which are defined as dividends or 
distributions of cash or other property the fair market value of which combined with the fair market value of 
each other dividend or distribution made in the preceding 12 months exceeds the greater of: (1) statutory net 
income as of the prior December 31 or (2) 10% of statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the prior December 31. 
HIC and HNIC, both domiciled in Arizona, may pay dividends out of that part of their available surplus funds 
that is derived from realized net profits on their business. Without prior written approval from the Arizona 
Department of Insurance, HIC and HNIC may not pay extraordinary dividends, which are defined as dividends 
or distributions of cash or other property the fair market value of which combined with the fair market value of 
each other dividend or distribution made in the preceding 12 months exceeds the lesser of: (1) 10% of statutory 
policyholders’  surplus  as  of  the  prior  December 31  or  (2) net    income  as  of  the  prior  December 31.  HSIC, 
domiciled in Oklahoma, may only pay dividends out of that part of its available surplus funds that is derived 
from  realized  net  profits  on  its  business.  Without  prior  written  approval  from  the  Oklahoma  Insurance 
Department, HSIC may not pay extraordinary dividends, which are defined as dividends or distributions of cash 
or other property the fair market value of which combined with the fair market value of each other dividend or 
distribution made in the preceding 12 months exceeds the greater of: (1) 10% of statutory policyholders’ surplus 
as of the prior December 31 or (2) statutory net income as of the prior December 31, not including realized 
capital gains. As a county mutual, dividends from HCM are payable to policyholders. 

25 

 
 
 
Risk-based  capital  requirements.  The  National  Association  of  Insurance  Commissioners  requires 
property/casualty insurers to file a risk-based capital calculation according to a specified formula. The purpose 
of the formula is twofold: (1) to assess the adequacy of an insurer’s statutory capital and surplus based upon a 
variety of factors such as potential risks related to investment portfolio, ceded reinsurance and product mix; 
and (2) to assist state regulators under the RBC for Insurers Model Act by providing thresholds at which a state 
commissioner  is  authorized  and  expected to take  regulatory  action.  As  of  December 31,  2018, the adjusted 
capital  under  the  risk-based  capital  calculation  of  each  of  our insurance  company  subsidiaries substantially 
exceeded the minimum requirements. 

Required  licensing.  Our  non-insurance  company  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  and  in  compliance  with  the 
licensing  requirements  of  the  department  of insurance  in  each  state in  which  they  produce  business. These 
licenses govern, among other things, the types of insurance coverages, agency and claims services and products 
that we may offer consumers in these states. Such licenses typically are issued only after we file an appropriate 
application  and  satisfy  prescribed  criteria.  Generally,  each  state  requires  one  officer  to  maintain  an  agent 
license. Claims adjusters employed by us are also subject to the licensing requirements of each state in which 
they conduct business. Each employed claim adjuster either holds or has applied for the required licenses. Our 
premium finance subsidiaries are subject to licensing, financial reporting and certain financial requirements 
imposed by the Texas Department of Insurance, as well as regulations promulgated by the Texas Office of 
Consumer Credit Commissioner. 

Regulation of insurance rates and approval of policy forms. The insurance laws of most states in which our 
subsidiaries operate require insurance companies to file insurance rate schedules and insurance policy forms 
for  review  and  approval.  State  insurance  regulators  have  broad  discretion  in  judging  whether  our  rates  are 
adequate, not excessive and not unfairly discriminatory and whether our policy forms comply with law. The 
speed at which we can change our rates depends, in part, on the method by which the applicable state’s rating 
laws are administered. Generally, state insurance regulators have the authority to disapprove our rates or request 
changes in our rates. 

Restrictions on cancellation, non-renewal or withdrawal. Many states have laws and regulations that limit an 
insurance  company’s  ability  to  exit  a  market.  For  example,  certain  states  limit  an  automobile  insurance 
company’s ability to cancel or not renew policies. Some states prohibit an insurance company from withdrawing 
from  one  or  more  lines  of  business  in  the  state,  except  pursuant  to  a  plan  approved  by  the  state  insurance 
department. In some states, this applies to significant reductions in the amount of insurance written, not just to 
a complete withdrawal. State insurance departments may disapprove a plan that may lead to market disruption. 

Investment  restrictions.  We  are  subject  to  state  laws  and  regulations  that  require  diversification  of  our 
investment portfolios and that limit the amount of investments in certain categories. Failure to comply with 
these laws and regulations would cause non-conforming investments to be treated as non-admitted assets for 
purposes of measuring statutory surplus and, in some instances, would require divestiture. 

Trade practices. The manner in which we conduct the business of insurance is regulated by state statutes in an 
effort to prohibit practices that constitute unfair methods of competition or unfair or deceptive acts or practices. 
Prohibited practices include disseminating false information or advertising; defamation; boycotting, coercion 
and intimidation; false statements or entries; unfair discrimination; rebating; improper tie-ins with lenders and 
the  extension  of  credit;  failure  to  maintain  proper  records;  failure  to  maintain  proper  complaint  handling 
procedures; and making false statements in connection with insurance applications for the purpose of obtaining 
a fee, commission or other benefit. 

26 

 
Unfair claims practices. Generally, insurance companies, adjusting companies and individual claims adjusters 
are  prohibited  by  state  statutes  from  engaging  in  unfair  claims  practices  on  a  flagrant  basis  or  with  such 
frequency to indicate a general business practice. Examples of unfair claims practices include: 

•  misrepresenting pertinent facts or insurance policy provisions relating to coverages at issue; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

failing to acknowledge and act reasonably promptly upon communications with respect to claims 
arising under insurance policies; 

failing to adopt and implement reasonable standards for the prompt investigation and settlement of 
claims arising under insurance policies; 

failing to affirm or deny coverage of claims within a reasonable time after proof of loss statements 
have been completed; 

attempting  to  settle  a  claim  for  less than the  amount  to  which  a reasonable  person  would  have 
believed such person was entitled; 

attempting  to  settle  claims  on  the  basis  of  an  application  that  was  altered  without  notice  to,  or 
knowledge and consent of, the insured; 

compelling  insureds  to  institute  suits  to  recover  amounts  due  under  policies  by  offering 
substantially less than the amounts ultimately recovered in suits brought by them; 

• 

refusing to pay claims without conducting a reasonable investigation; 

•  making claim payments to an insured without indicating the coverage under which each payment 

is being made; 

•  delaying the investigation or payment of claims by requiring an insured, claimant or the physician 
of  either  to submit  a  preliminary  claim  report  and then  requiring  the subsequent  submission  of 
formal proof of loss forms, both of which submissions contain substantially the same information; 

• 

failing, in the case of claim denials or offers of compromise or settlement, to promptly provide a 
reasonable and accurate explanation of the basis for such actions; and 

•  not attempting in good faith to effectuate prompt, fair and equitable settlements of claims in which 

liability has become reasonably clear. 

Employees 

As of December 31, 2018, we employed 439 people on a full-time basis. None of our employees are represented 
by labor unions. We consider our employee relations to be good. 

Available Information 

The Company’s executive offices are located at 777 Main Street, Suite 1000 Fort Worth, Texas 76102. The 
Company’s mailing address is 777 Main Street, Suite 1000 Fort Worth, Texas 76102. Its telephone number is 
(817)  348-1600.  The  Company’s  website  address  is  www.hallmarkgrp.com.  The  Company  files  annual, 

27 

 
quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information and documents with the U.S. Securities 
and  Exchange  Commission  (the  “SEC”),  which  are  made  available  to  read  and  copy  at  the  SEC’s  Public 
Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation 
of the Public Reference Room by contacting the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Reports filed with the SEC are also 
made available at www.sec.gov. The Company makes available free of charge on its website its annual report 
on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports 
filed with or furnished to the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as 
soon as reasonably practical after it electronically files them with or furnishes them to the SEC. 

Item 1A. Risk Factors. 

Our success depends on our ability to price accurately the risks we underwrite. 

Our results of operations and financial condition depend on our ability to underwrite and set premium rates 
accurately  for  a  wide  variety  of  risks.  Adequate  rates  are  necessary  to  generate premiums  sufficient  to  pay 
losses,  loss  settlement  expenses  and  underwriting  expenses  and  to  earn  a  profit.  To  price  our  products 
accurately,  we  must  collect  and  properly  analyze  a  substantial  amount  of  data;  develop,  test  and  apply 
appropriate  pricing  techniques;  closely  monitor  and  timely  recognize  changes  in  trends;  and  project  both 
severity and frequency of losses with reasonable accuracy. Our ability to undertake these efforts successfully, 
and as a result price our products accurately, is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, some of which 
are outside our control, including: 

• 

• 

the availability of sufficient reliable data and our ability to properly analyze available data; 

the uncertainties that inherently characterize estimates and assumptions; 

•  our selection and application of appropriate pricing techniques; and 

• 

changes in applicable legal liability standards and in the civil litigation system generally. 

Consequently,  we  could  underprice  risks,  which  would  adversely  affect  our  profit  margins,  or  we  could 
overprice risks, which could reduce our sales volume and competitiveness. In either case, our profitability could 
be materially and adversely affected. 

Our results may fluctuate as a result of cyclical changes in the property/casualty insurance industry. 

Our revenue is primarily attributable to property/casualty insurance, which as an industry is cyclical in nature 
and has historically been characterized by soft markets followed by hard markets. A soft market is a period of 
relatively high levels of price competition, less restrictive underwriting standards and generally low premium 
rates. A hard market is a period of capital shortages resulting in lack of insurance availability, relatively low 
levels  of  competition,  more  selective  underwriting  of  risks  and  relatively  high premium  rates.  If  we  find it 
necessary to reduce premiums or limit premium increases due to competitive pressures on pricing in a softening 
market, we may experience a reduction in our premiums written and in our profit margins and revenues, which 
could adversely affect our financial results. 

28 

 
 
Estimating  reserves  is  inherently  uncertain.  If  our  loss  reserves  are  not  adequate,  it  will  have  an 
unfavorable impact on our results. 

We maintain loss reserves to cover our estimated ultimate liability for unpaid losses and LAE for reported and 
unreported claims incurred as of the end of each accounting period. Reserves represent management’s estimates 
of what the ultimate settlement and administration of claims will cost and are not reviewed by an independent 
actuary. These estimates, which generally involve actuarial projections, are based on management’s assessment 
of facts and circumstances then known, as well as estimates of future trends in claim severity and frequency, 
judicial theories of liability, and other factors. These variables are affected by both internal and external events, 
such as changes in claims handling procedures, inflation, judicial trends and legislative changes. Many of these 
factors are not quantifiable. Additionally, there may be a significant lag between the occurrence of an event and 
the time it is reported to us. The inherent uncertainties of estimating reserves are greater for certain types of 
liabilities, particularly those in which the various considerations affecting the type of claim are subject to change 
and in which long periods of time may elapse before a definitive determination of liability is made. Reserve 
estimates are continually refined in a regular and ongoing process as experience develops and further claims 
are  reported  and  settled.  Adjustments  to  reserves  are  reflected  in  the  results  of  the  periods  in  which  such 
estimates are changed. For example, a 1% change in December 31, 2018 unpaid losses and LAE would have 
produced a $5.3 million change to pretax earnings. Our gross loss and LAE reserves totaled $527.2 million at 
December 31, 2018. Our loss and LAE reserves, net of reinsurance recoverable on unpaid loss and LAE, were 
$305.5 million at that date. Because setting reserves is inherently uncertain, there can be no assurance that the 
current reserves will prove adequate. 

Our  failure  to  maintain  favorable  financial  strength  ratings  could  negatively  impact  our  ability  to 
compete successfully. 

Third-party rating agencies assess and rate the claims-paying ability of insurers based upon criteria established 
by the agencies. AHIC, HIC, HSIC and HNIC have entered into a pooling arrangement, pursuant to which 
AHIC retains 34% of the net premiums written by any of them, HIC retains 32% of the net premiums written 
by any of them, HSIC retains 24% of the net premiums written by any of them and HNIC retains 10% of the 
net  premiums  written  by  any  of  them. A.M.  Best  has  pooled  its  ratings  of  these  four  insurance  company 
subsidiaries and assigned a financial strength rating of “A–” (Excellent) and an issuer credit rating of “a-” to 
each  of  these  individual  insurance  company  subsidiaries  and  to  the  pool  formed  by  these  four  insurance 
company subsidiaries. Also, A.M. Best has assigned HCM a financial strength rating of “A–” (Excellent) and 
an issuer credit rating of “a-”. A.M. Best does not assign a financial strength rating or an issuer credit rating to 
TBIC. 

These financial strength ratings are used by policyholders, insurers, reinsurers and insurance and reinsurance 
intermediaries as an important means of assessing the financial strength and quality of insurers. These ratings 
are not evaluations directed to potential purchasers of our common stock and are not recommendations to buy, 
sell or hold our common stock. Our ratings are subject to change at any time and could be revised downward 
or revoked at the sole discretion of the rating agencies. We believe that the ratings assigned by A.M. Best are 
an important factor in marketing our products. Our ability to retain our existing business and to attract new 
business in our insurance operations depends largely on these ratings. Our failure to maintain our ratings, or 
any  other adverse  development  with  respect to  our ratings,  could  cause  our  current  and future  independent 
agents  and  insureds  to  choose  to  transact  their  business  with  more  highly  rated  competitors.  If A.M.  Best 
downgrades our ratings or publicly indicates that our ratings are under review, it is likely that we would not be 
able to compete as effectively with our competitors, and our ability to sell insurance policies could decline. If 
that happened, our sales and earnings would decrease. For example, many of our agencies and insureds have 
guidelines  that  require  us  to  have  an A.M.  Best  financial  strength  rating  of  “A-”  (Excellent)  or  higher.  A 

29 

 
 
reduction of our A.M. Best rating below “A-” would prevent us from issuing policies to insureds or potential 
insureds with such ratings requirements. 

Lenders and reinsurers also use our A.M. Best ratings as a factor in deciding whether to transact business with 
us. The failure of our insurance company subsidiaries to maintain their current ratings could dissuade a lender 
or reinsurance company from conducting business with us or might increase our interest or reinsurance costs. 
In addition, a ratings downgrade by A.M. Best below “A-” would require us to post collateral in support of our 
obligations under certain of our reinsurance agreements pursuant to which we assume business. 

The loss of key executives could disrupt our business. 

Our success will depend in part upon the continued service of certain key executives. Our success will also 
depend on our ability to attract and retain additional executives and personnel. The loss of key personnel, or 
our inability to recruit and retain additional qualified personnel, could cause disruption in our business and 
could prevent us from fully implementing our business strategies, which could materially and adversely affect 
our business, growth and profitability. 

Our industry is very competitive, which may unfavorably impact our results of operations. 

The property/casualty insurance market, our primary source of revenue, is highly competitive and, except for 
regulatory  considerations,  has  very  few  barriers  to  entry.  According  to A.M.  Best,  there  were  2,994 
property/casualty  insurance  companies  and  2,060  property/casualty  insurance  groups  operating  in  North 
America as of July 2, 2018. Our competitors include entities that have, or are affiliated with entities that have, 
greater financial and other resources than we have. In addition, competitors may attempt to increase market 
share by lowering rates. In that case, we could experience reductions in our underwriting margins, or sales of 
our insurance policies could decline as customers purchase lower-priced products from our competitors. Losing 
business to competitors offering similar products at lower prices, or having other competitive advantages, could 
adversely affect our results of operations. 

Our results may be unfavorably impacted if we are unable to obtain adequate reinsurance. 

As part of our overall risk and capacity management strategy, we purchase reinsurance for significant amounts 
of risk, especially catastrophe risks that we and our insurance company subsidiaries underwrite. Our catastrophe 
and  non-catastrophe  reinsurance  facilities  are  generally  subject  to  annual  renewal.  We  may  be  unable  to 
maintain our current reinsurance facilities or to obtain other reinsurance facilities in adequate amounts and at 
favorable rates. The amount, availability and cost of reinsurance are subject to prevailing market conditions 
beyond our control, and may affect our ability to write additional premiums as well as our profitability. If we 
are  unable  to  obtain  adequate  reinsurance  protection  for  the  risks  we  have  underwritten,  we  will  either  be 
exposed to greater losses from these risks or be required to reduce the level of business that we underwrite, 
which will reduce our revenue. 

If the companies that provide our reinsurance do not pay our claims in a timely manner, we could incur 
severe losses. 

We purchase reinsurance by transferring, or ceding, part of the risk we have assumed to a reinsurance company 
in exchange for part of the premium we receive in connection with the risk. Although reinsurance makes the 
reinsurer liable to us to the extent the risk is transferred or ceded to the reinsurer, it does not relieve us of our 
liability to our policyholders. Accordingly, we bear credit risk with respect to our reinsurers. We cannot assure 
that our reinsurers will pay all of our reinsurance claims, or that they will pay our claims on a timely basis. At 

30 

 
December 31,  2018,  we  had  a  total  of  $385.0  million  due  us  from  reinsurers,  including  $252.0  million  of 
recoverables from losses and $133.0 million in ceded unearned premiums. The largest amount due us from a 
single reinsurer as of December 31, 2018 was $71.8 million reinsurance and premium recoverable from Swiss 
Reinsurance America Corporation. If any of our reinsurers are unable or unwilling to pay amounts they owe us 
in a timely fashion, we could suffer a significant loss or a shortage of liquidity, which would have a material 
adverse effect on our business and results of operations. 

Catastrophic losses are unpredictable and may adversely affect our results of operations, liquidity and 
financial condition. 

Property/casualty  insurance  companies  are  subject  to  claims  arising  out  of  catastrophes  that  may  have  a 
significant effect on their results of operations, liquidity and financial condition. Catastrophes can be caused by 
various events, including hurricanes, windstorms, earthquakes, hail storms, explosions, severe winter weather 
and fires, and may include man-made events, such as terrorist attacks. The incidence, frequency, and severity 
of catastrophes are inherently unpredictable. The extent of losses from a catastrophe is a function of both the 
total amount of insured exposure in the area affected by the event and the severity of the event. 

Claims from catastrophic events could reduce our net income, cause substantial volatility in our financial results 
for  any  fiscal  quarter  or year  or  otherwise  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition,  liquidity  or  results  of 
operations. Catastrophes may also negatively affect our ability to write new business. Increases in the value 
and  geographic  concentration  of insured  property  and  the  effects  of inflation  could increase the severity  of 
claims from catastrophic events in the future. 

Catastrophe models may not accurately predict future losses. 

Along with other insurers in the industry, we use models developed by third-party vendors in assessing our 
exposure to catastrophe losses that assume various conditions and probability scenarios. However, these models 
do not necessarily accurately predict future losses or accurately measure losses currently incurred. Catastrophe 
models, which have been evolving since the early 1990s, use historical information about various catastrophes 
and detailed information about our in-force business. While we use this information in connection with our 
pricing and risk management activities, there are limitations with respect to their usefulness in predicting losses 
in any reporting period. Examples of these limitations are significant variations in estimates between models 
and  modelers  and  material  increases  and  decreases  in  model  results  due  to  changes  and  refinements  of  the 
underlying data elements and assumptions. Such limitations lead to questionable predictive capability and post-
event measurements that have not been well understood or proven to be sufficiently reliable. In addition, the 
models are not necessarily reflective of company or state-specific policy language, demand surge for labor and 
materials or loss settlement expenses, all of which are subject to wide variation by catastrophe. Because the 
occurrence  and  severity  of  catastrophes  are  inherently  unpredictable  and  may  vary  significantly  from year 
to year, historical results of operations may not be indicative of future results of operations. 

We  are  subject  to  comprehensive  regulation,  and  our  results  may  be  unfavorably  impacted  by  these 
regulations. 

We  are  subject  to  comprehensive  governmental  regulation  and  supervision.  Most  insurance  regulations  are 
designed  to  protect  the  interests  of  policyholders  rather  than  of  the  stockholders  and  other  investors  of  the 
insurance companies. These regulations, generally administered by the department of insurance in each state in 
which we do business, relate to, among other things: 

• 

approval of policy forms and rates; 

31 

 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

standards of solvency, including risk-based capital measurements, which are a measure developed 
by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners and used by the state insurance regulators 
to identify insurance companies that potentially are inadequately capitalized; 

licensing of insurers and their agents; 

restrictions on the nature, quality and concentration of investments; 

restrictions on the ability of insurance company subsidiaries to pay dividends; 

restrictions on transactions between insurance company subsidiaries and their affiliates; 

requiring certain methods of accounting; 

•  periodic examinations of operations and finances; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the use of non-public consumer information and related privacy issues; 

the use of credit history in underwriting and rating; 

limitations on the ability to charge policy fees; 

the acquisition or disposition of an insurance company or of any company controlling an insurance 
company; 

involuntary  assignments  of  high-risk  policies,  participation  in  reinsurance  facilities  and 
underwriting associations, assessments and other governmental charges; 

restrictions on the cancellation or non-renewal of policies and, in certain jurisdictions, withdrawal 
from writing certain lines of business; 

•  prescribing the form and content of records of financial condition to be filed; 

• 

requiring reserves for unearned premium, losses and other purposes; and 

•  with  respect  to  premium  finance  business,  the  federal  Truth-in-Lending  Act  and  similar  state 
statutes.  In  states  where  specific  statutes  have  not  been  enacted,  premium  finance  is  generally 
subject to state usury laws that are applicable to consumer loans. 

State  insurance  departments  also  conduct  periodic  examinations  of  the  affairs  of  insurance  companies  and 
require filing of annual and other reports relating to the financial condition of insurance companies, holding 
company issues and other matters. Our business depends on compliance with applicable laws and regulations 
and our ability to maintain valid licenses and approvals for our operations. Regulatory authorities may deny or 
revoke licenses for various reasons, including violations of regulations. Changes in the level of regulation of 
the insurance industry or changes in laws or regulations themselves or interpretations by regulatory authorities 
could have a material adverse affect on our operations. In addition, we could face individual, group and class-
action lawsuits by our policyholders and others for alleged violations of certain state laws and regulations. Each 
of these regulatory risks could have an adverse effect on our profitability. 

32 

 
State statutes limit the aggregate amount of dividends that our subsidiaries may pay Hallmark, thereby 
limiting its funds to pay expenses and dividends. 

Hallmark  is  a  holding  company  and  a  legal  entity  separate  and  distinct  from  its  subsidiaries.  As  a  holding 
company without significant operations of its own, Hallmark’s principal sources of funds are dividends and 
other  sources  of  funds  from  its  subsidiaries.  State  insurance  laws  limit  the  ability  of  Hallmark’s  insurance 
company subsidiaries to pay dividends and require our insurance company subsidiaries to maintain specified 
minimum levels of statutory capital and surplus. The aggregate maximum amount of dividends permitted by 
law to be paid by an insurance company does not necessarily define an insurance company’s actual ability to 
pay  dividends.  The  actual  ability  to  pay  dividends  may  be  further  constrained  by  business  and  regulatory 
considerations, such as the impact of dividends on surplus, by our competitive position and by the amount of 
premiums that we can write. Without regulatory approval, the aggregate maximum amount of dividends that 
could be paid to Hallmark in 2019 by our insurance company subsidiaries is $22.9 million. State insurance 
regulators have broad discretion to limit the payment of dividends by insurance companies and Hallmark’s right 
to participate in any distribution of assets of any one of our insurance company subsidiaries is subject to prior 
claims of policyholders and creditors except to the extent that its rights, if any, as a creditor are recognized. 
Consequently, Hallmark’s ability to pay debts, expenses and cash dividends to our stockholders may be limited. 

Our insurance company subsidiaries are subject to minimum capital and surplus requirements. Failure 
to meet these requirements could subject us to regulatory action. 

Our insurance company subsidiaries are subject to minimum capital and surplus requirements imposed under 
the laws of their respective states of domicile and each state in which they issue policies. Any failure by one of 
our insurance company subsidiaries to meet minimum capital and surplus requirements imposed by applicable 
state law will subject it to corrective action, which may include requiring adoption of a comprehensive financial 
plan, revocation of its license to sell insurance products or placing the subsidiary under state regulatory control. 
Any new minimum capital and surplus requirements adopted in the future may require us to increase the capital 
and surplus of our insurance company subsidiaries, which we may not be able to do. 

We are subject to assessments and other surcharges from state guaranty funds, mandatory reinsurance 
arrangements and state insurance facilities, which may reduce our profitability. 

Virtually all states require insurers licensed to do business therein to bear a portion of the unfunded obligations 
of impaired or insolvent insurance companies. These obligations are funded by assessments, which are levied 
by guaranty associations within the state, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurers in the state on the 
basis of the proportionate share of the premiums written by member insurers in the lines of business in which 
the impaired, insolvent or failed insurer was engaged. Accordingly, the assessments levied on us by the states 
in which we are licensed to write insurance may increase as we increase our premiums written. In addition, as 
a condition to the ability to conduct business in certain states, insurance companies are required to participate 
in mandatory reinsurance funds. The effect of these assessments and mandatory reinsurance arrangements, or 
changes in them, could reduce our profitability in any given period or limit our ability to grow our business. 

We monitor developments with respect to various state facilities, such as the Texas FAIR Plan and the Texas 
Windstorm Insurance Association. The impact of any catastrophe experience on these facilities could result in 
the facilities recognizing a financial deficit or a financial deficit greater than the level currently estimated. They 
may, in turn, have the ability to assess participating insurers when financial deficits occur, adversely affecting 
our results  of  operations. While these facilities are  generally  designed  so  that the  ultimate  cost  is  borne by 
policyholders, the exposure to assessments and the availability of recoupments or premium rate increases from 
these facilities may not offset each other in our financial statements. Moreover, even if they do offset each 

33 

 
other, they may not offset each other in financial statements for the same fiscal period due to the ultimate timing 
of the assessments and recoupments or premium rate increases, as well as the possibility of policies not being 
renewed in subsequent years. 

Adverse  securities  market  conditions  can  have  a  significant  and  negative  impact  on  our  investment 
portfolio. 

Our results of operations depend in part on the performance of our invested assets. As of December 31, 2018, 
87%  of  our  investment  portfolio  was  invested  in  fixed-income  securities.  Certain  risks  are  inherent  in 
connection with fixed-income securities, including loss upon default and price volatility in reaction to changes 
in interest rates and general market factors. In general, the fair value of a portfolio of fixed-income securities 
increases or decreases inversely with changes in the market interest rates, while net investment income realized 
from future investments in fixed-income securities increases or decreases along with interest rates. In addition, 
29%  of  our  fixed-income  securities  have  call  or  prepayment  options.  This  subjects  us  to  reinvestment  risk 
should interest rates fall and issuers call their securities. Furthermore, actual net investment income and/or cash 
flows from investments that carry prepayment risk, such as mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, 
may differ from those anticipated at the time of investment as a result of interest rate fluctuations. An investment 
has prepayment risk when there is a risk that cash flows from the repayment of principal might occur earlier 
than anticipated because of declining interest rates or later than anticipated because of rising interest rates. The 
fair value of our fixed-income securities as of December 31, 2018 was $545.9 million. If market interest rates 
were to increase 1%, the fair value of our fixed-income securities would decrease by approximately $7.6 million 
as  of  December 31,  2018.  The  calculated  change  in  fair  value  was  determined  using  duration  modeling 
assuming no prepayments. 

In addition to the general risks described above, although 76% of our portfolio is investment-grade, our fixed-
income securities are nonetheless subject to credit risk. If any of the issuers of our fixed-income securities suffer 
financial setbacks, the ratings on the fixed-income securities could fall (with a concurrent fall in market value) 
and, in a worst case scenario, the issuer could default on its obligations. As of December 31, 2018, Hallmark 
had $50 thousand  in its investment portfolio exposed to sub-prime mortgages and $13.6 million total exposure 
in mortgage-backed securities. 

Future  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  our  available-for-sale  fixed  income  securities  will  be  reflected  in  other 
comprehensive income. Similar treatment is not available for liabilities. Therefore, interest rate fluctuations 
could adversely affect our stockholders’ equity, total comprehensive income and/or cash flows. 

We rely on independent agents and specialty brokers to market our products and their failure to do so 
would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. 

We  market  and  distribute  our  insurance  products  exclusively  through  independent  insurance  agents  and 
specialty insurance brokers. As a result, our business depends in large part on the marketing efforts of these 
agents and brokers and on our ability to offer insurance products and services that meet the requirements of the 
agents, the brokers and their customers. However, these agents and brokers are not obligated to sell or promote 
our products and many sell or promote competitors’ insurance products in addition to our products. Some of 
our competitors have higher financial strength ratings, offer a larger variety of products, set lower prices for 
insurance coverage and/or offer higher commissions than we do. Therefore, we may not be able to continue to 
attract  and  retain  independent  agents  and  brokers  to  sell  our  insurance  products.  The  failure  or  inability  of 
independent agents and brokers to market our insurance products successfully could have a material adverse 
impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

34 

 
We may experience difficulty in integrating acquisitions into our operations. 

The successful integration of any newly acquired business into our operations will require, among other things, 
the retention and assimilation of their key management, sales and other personnel; the coordination of their 
lines  of insurance  products  and  services;  the  adaptation  of  their  technology,  information  systems  and  other 
processes;  and  the  retention  and  transition  of  their  customers.  Unexpected  difficulties  in  integrating  any 
acquisition could result in increased expenses and the diversion of management time and resources. If we do 
not successfully integrate any acquired business into our operations, we may not realize the anticipated benefits 
of  the  acquisition,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. Further, any potential acquisition may require significant capital outlay and, if we issue equity or 
convertible debt securities to pay for an acquisition, the issuance may be dilutive to our existing stockholders. 

Our internal controls are not fail-safe. 

We continually enhance our operating procedures and internal controls to effectively support our business and 
comply with our regulatory and financial reporting requirements. As a result of the inherent limitations in all 
control systems, no system of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control objectives have been or 
will be met, and that every instance of error or fraud has been or will be detected. A control system, no matter 
how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of 
the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making 
can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be 
circumvented by individual acts or by collusion of two or more persons. The design of any system of controls 
is based in part upon assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any 
design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Internal controls may also 
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures 
may deteriorate. Further, the design of a control system must reflect resource constraints, and the benefits of 
controls must be considered relative to their costs. As a result of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective 
control system, misstatement due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Accordingly, our internal 
controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control objectives 
are met. 

Our geographic concentration ties our performance to the business, economic and regulatory conditions 
of certain states. 

The following states accounted for approximately 54% of our gross written premiums for 2018: Texas (33%), 
California (9%), Arizona (5%), Florida (4%) and Oklahoma (3%). Our revenues and profitability are subject to 
the prevailing regulatory, legal, economic, political, demographic, competitive, weather and other conditions 
in the principal states in which we do business. Changes in any of these conditions could make it less attractive 
for us to do business in such states and would have a more pronounced effect on us compared to companies 
that are more geographically diversified. In addition, our exposure to severe losses from localized natural perils, 
such as windstorms or hailstorms, is increased in those areas where we have written significant numbers of 
property/casualty insurance policies. 

The exclusions and limitations in our policies may not be enforceable. 

Many of the policies we issue include exclusions or other conditions that define and limit coverage, which 
exclusions and conditions are designed to manage our exposure to certain types of risks and expanding theories 
of legal liability. In addition, many of our policies limit the period during which a policyholder may bring a 
claim under the policy, which period in many cases is shorter than the statutory period under which these claims 

35 

 
can be brought by our policyholders. While these exclusions and limitations help us assess and control our loss 
exposure, it is possible that a court or regulatory authority could nullify or void an exclusion or limitation, or 
legislation could be enacted modifying or barring the use of these exclusions and limitations. This could result 
in higher than anticipated losses and LAE by extending coverage beyond our underwriting intent or increasing 
the number or size of claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. In some 
instances, these changes may not become apparent until sometime after we have issued the insurance policies 
that are affected by the changes. As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance contracts may not 
be known for many years after a policy is issued. 

We rely on our information technology and telecommunications systems and the failure or disruption of 
these systems could disrupt our operations and adversely affect our results of operations. 

Our  business  is  highly  dependent  upon  the  successful  and  uninterrupted  functioning  of  our  information 
technology  and  telecommunications  systems.  We  rely  on  these  systems  to  perform  accounting,  policy 
administration, actuarial and other modeling functions necessary for underwriting business, as well as to process 
and make claims and other payments. Our systems could fail of their own accord or might be disrupted by 
factors  such  as  natural  disasters,  power  disruptions  or  surges,  cybersecurity  intrusions  or  terrorist  attacks. 
Failure  or  disruption  of  these  systems  for  any  reason  could  interrupt  our  business  and  adversely  affect  our 
results of operations. 

Cybersecurity risks in particular are evolving and include malicious software, unauthorized access to data and 
other electronic security breaches. We have not experienced successful cybersecurity attacks in the past and 
believe that we have adopted appropriate measures to mitigate potential risks to our information technology 
systems. However, the timing, nature and scope of cybersecurity attacks are difficult to predict and prevent. 
Therefore, we could be subject to operational delays, compromised confidential or proprietary information, 
destruction or corruption of data, manipulation or improper use of our systems and networks, financial losses 
from remedial actions and/or damage to our reputation from cybersecurity attacks. A cybersecurity attack on 
our information technology systems could disrupt our business and adversely affect our results of operations 
and financial position. 

Global climate change may have an adverse effect on our financial statements. 

Although uncertainty remains as to the nature and effect of greenhouse gas emissions, we could suffer losses if 
global climate change results in an increase in the frequency and severity of natural disasters. As with traditional 
natural disasters, claims arising from these incidents could increase our exposure to losses and have a material 
adverse impact on our business, results of operations, and/or financial condition. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments. 

Not applicable 

Item 2. Properties. 

Our corporate headquarters and Standard Commercial P&C operating unit are currently located at 777 Main 
Street, Suite 1000, Fort Worth, Texas. The suite is located in a high-rise office building and contains 27,808 
square feet of space. The rent is currently $53,299 per month pursuant to a lease which terminates June 30, 2019 
pursuant to our exercise of an early termination option. 

36 

 
 
 
Our Contract Binding operating unit is presently located at 7550 IH-10 West, San Antonio, Texas. These leased 
premises consist of a 16,599 square foot office suite and 800 square feet of storage space. The rent is currently 
$34,798 per month pursuant to a lease that expires November 30, 2020. 

Our Specialty Commercial operating unit is currently located at 13727 Noel Road, Dallas, Texas. These leased 
premises consist of 15,072 square feet of office space. The rent is currently $29,830 per month pursuant to a 
lease that expires November 30, 2022. Our Specialty Commercial operating unit also maintains branch offices 
in the following locations: 

Location 

Chicago, Illinois 
Atlanta, Georgia 
Jersey City, New Jersey 
Glendale, California 

      Monthly Rent        Lease Expiration 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

 12,471   
June 30, 2020 
 12,305    November 30, 2026 
 5,136    December 31, 2020 
July 31, 2020 
 2,627   

Our Specialty Personal Lines operating unit is located at 6500 Pinecrest, Suite 100, Plano, Texas. The suite is 
located in a one story office building and contains 23,941 square feet of space. The rent is currently $30,525 
per month pursuant to a lease that expires December 31, 2020. 

We  have  entered into  a lease  for new  office  space in a  high-rise  office  building  commonly  known  as Two 
Lincoln Centre located at 5420 LBJ Freeway, Dallas, Texas.  We intend to relocate our corporate headquarters, 
our Standard Commercial P&C and our Specialty Commercial operating units.  The leased premises consist of 
47,172 square feet of office space (“Suite 1100”) and approximately 3,000 square feet of storage space (“Suite 
380”).  The initial term of the lease commences June 1, 2019 and expires May 31, 2032, and we have the right 
to renew the lease for up to ten years at market rental rates prevailing at the time of renewal.  The initial base 
rent for Suite 1100 of $121,861 per month is waived for the first 12 months of the lease and the initial base rent 
for Suite 380 of $4,250 per month is waived for the first 48 months of the lease.  We estimate that additional 
rent based on a share of certain expenses of the building will initially be approximately $5,000 per month. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings. 

We are engaged in various legal proceedings that are routine in nature and incidental to our business. None of 
these proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, are believed, in our opinion, likely to have a material 
adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or our results of operations. 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures. 

Not applicable. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities. 

Market for Common Stock 

Our common stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “HALL.” The following 
table shows the high and low sales prices of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market for each quarter 
since January 1, 2017. 

Period 
Year Ended December 31, 2018: 
First quarter 
Second quarter 
Third quarter 
Fourth quarter 

Year Ended December 31, 2017: 
First quarter 
Second quarter 
Third quarter 
Fourth quarter 

      High Sale 

      Low Sale 

  $ 

  $ 

 10.70   $ 
 10.54  
 11.31  
 11.58  

 11.98   $ 
 11.62  
 11.83  
 11.76  

 8.62 
 8.85 
 9.49 
 9.82 

 10.14 
 9.94 
 9.91 
 9.95 

Holders 

As of March 1, 2019, there were 1,649 shareholders of record of our common stock. 

Dividends 

Hallmark has never paid dividends on its common stock. Our board of directors intends to continue this policy 
for the foreseeable future in order to retain earnings for development of our business. 

Hallmark  is  a  holding  company  and  a  legal  entity  separate  and  distinct  from  its  subsidiaries.  As  a  holding 
company,  Hallmark  is  dependent  on  dividend  payments  and  management  fees  from  its  subsidiaries  to  pay 
dividends  and  make  other  payments.  State  insurance  laws  limit  the  ability  of  our  insurance  company 
subsidiaries to pay dividends to Hallmark. As property/casualty insurance companies domiciled in the state of 
Texas, AHIC and TBIC are limited in the payment of dividends to Hallmark in any 12-month period, without 
the prior written consent of the Texas Department of Insurance, to the greater of statutory net income for the 
prior calendar year or 10% of statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the prior year end. HIC and HNIC, both 
domiciled in Arizona, are limited in the payment of dividends to the lesser of 10% of prior year policyholders 
surplus or prior year’s net income, without prior written approval from the Arizona Department of Insurance. 
HSIC,  domiciled  in  Oklahoma,  is  limited  in  the  payment  of  dividends  to  the  greater  of  10%  of  prior year 
policyholders’ surplus or prior year’s statutory net income, not including realized capital gains, without prior 
written  approval  from  the Oklahoma  Insurance  Department.  As  a  county  mutual,  dividends from  HCM  are 
payable to policyholders. 

38 

 
 
 
   
 
   
  
 
     
 
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table sets forth information regarding shares of our common stock authorized for issuance under 
our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2018. 

Number of securities to be 
issued upon exercise of 

  Weighted-average   
exercise price of 

Number of securities 
  remaining available for future 
issuance under equity 
compensation plans 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans 
approved by security holders 
Equity compensation plans not 
approved by security holders 
Total 

  outstanding options, warrants   outstanding options,   [excluding securities reflected 
  warrants and rights  
(b) 

in column (a)](1) 
(c) 

and rights 
(a) 

 244,157   $ 

 —     
 244,157   $ 

 6.63   

 —   
 6.63   

 1,491,655 

 — 
 1,491,655 

(1)  Securities remaining available for future issuance are net of a maximum of 508,345 shares of common 
stock issuable pursuant to outstanding restricted stock units, subject to applicable vesting requirements and 
performance criteria. See Note 13 to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this report. 

Issuer Repurchases 

Our stock buyback program initially announced on April 18, 2008, authorized the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 
shares of our common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions (the “Stock Repurchase 
Plan”).  On  January 24,  2011,  we  announced  an  increased  authorization  to  repurchase  up  to  an  additional 
3,000,000 shares. The Stock Repurchase Plan does not have an expiration date. 

The following table furnishes information for purchases made pursuant to the Stock Repurchase Plan during 
the quarter ended December 31, 2018: 

Period 

  Average 

  Total Number of    Price Paid  
  Shares Purchased    Per Share   

  Cumulative Number 
of Shares Purchased 
as Part of Publicly 
Announced Plan 

  Maximum Number of 
  Shares that May Yet 
  Be Purchased Under 
the Plan 

October 1st- October 31st 
November 1st - November 30th  
December 1st - December 31st  

 -    $ 
 -    $ 
 31,976    $ 

 -  
 -  
 10.71  

 3,229,135  
 3,229,135  
 3,261,111  

 770,865 
 770,865 
 738,889 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

Not required for smaller reporting company. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
  
 
  
  
 
   
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 

The  following  discussion  should  be read together  with  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  notes 
thereto.  This  discussion  contains  forward-looking  statements.  Please  see  “Risks  Associated  with  Forward-
Looking Statements in this Form 10-K” for a discussion of some of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions 
associated with these statements. 

Overview 

Hallmark  is  an  insurance  holding  company  which,  through  its  subsidiaries,  engages  in  the  sale  of 
property/casualty  insurance  products  to  businesses  and  individuals.  Our  business  involves  marketing, 
distributing, underwriting and servicing our insurance products, as well as providing other insurance related 
services. We pursue our business activities primarily through subsidiaries whose operations are organized into 
operating units and are supported by our insurance carrier subsidiaries. 

Our insurance activities are organized by operating units into the following reportable segments: 

•  Specialty  Commercial  Segment.  Our  Specialty  Commercial  Segment  includes  the  excess  and 
surplus  lines  commercial  property/casualty  insurance  products  and  services  handled  by  our 
Contract Binding operating unit and the general aviation, satellite launch, commercial umbrella 
and  primary/excess  liability,  medical  and  financial  professional  liability  and  primary/excess 
commercial  property  insurance  products  and  services  handled  by  our  Specialty  Commercial 
operating  unit.  Certain  specialty  programs  are  also  managed  by  our  Specialty  Commercial 
operating unit. Our Contract Binding operating unit is comprised of our HSU, PAAC and TGASRI 
subsidiaries. Our Specialty Commercial operating unit is comprised of our Aerospace Insurance 
Managers, ASRI, ACMG, HXS and HDS subsidiaries. 

•  Standard Commercial Segment. The Standard Commercial Segment includes the standard lines 
commercial property/casualty and occupational accident insurance products and services handled 
by our Standard Commercial P&C operating unit and the workers compensation insurance products 
handled by our Workers Compensation operating unit. Effective June 1, 2016, we ceased marketing 
new or renewal occupational accident policies. Effective July 1, 2015, the Workers Compensation 
operating  unit  ceased  retaining  any  risk  on  new  or renewal policies.  Our  Standard  Commercial 
P&C  operating  unit  is  comprised  of  our  American  Hallmark  Insurance  Services  and  ECM 
subsidiaries. Our Workers Compensation operating unit is comprised of our TBIC Holdings, TBIC 
and TBICRM subsidiaries. 

•  Personal  Segment.  Our  Personal  Segment  includes  the  non-standard  personal  automobile  and 
renters insurance products and services handled by our Specialty Personal Lines operating unit. 
Our Specialty Personal Lines operating unit is comprised of our AHGA and HCS subsidiaries. 

The retained premium produced by these reportable segments is supported by our American Hallmark Insurance 
Company of Texas, Hallmark Specialty Insurance Company, Hallmark Insurance Company, Hallmark National 
Insurance Company and Texas Builders Insurance Company insurance subsidiaries. In addition, control and 
management of Hallmark County Mutual is maintained through our wholly owned subsidiary, CYR Insurance 
Management Company (“CYR”). CYR has as its primary asset a management agreement with HCM which 
provides for CYR to have management and control of HCM. HCM is used to front certain lines of business in 
our Specialty Commercial and Personal Segments in Texas. HCM does not retain any business. 

40 

 
AHIC, HIC, HSIC and HNIC have entered into a pooling arrangement pursuant to which AHIC retains 34% of 
the net premiums written by any of them, HIC retains 32% of the net premiums written by any of them, HSIC 
retains 24% of the net premiums written by any of them and HNIC retains 10% of the net premiums written by 
any of them. Neither HCM nor TBIC is a party to the intercompany pooling arrangement. 

Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments 

The significant accounting policies requiring our estimates and judgments are discussed below. Such estimates 
and judgments  are  based  on  historical  experience,  changes  in  laws and  regulations,  observation  of industry 
trends  and  information  received  from  third  parties.  While  the  estimates  and  judgments  associated  with  the 
application of these accounting policies may be affected by different assumptions or conditions, we believe the 
estimates and judgments associated with the reported consolidated financial statement amounts are appropriate 
in  the  circumstances.  For  additional  discussion  of  our  accounting  policies,  see  Note 1  to  the  audited 
consolidated financial statements included in this report. 

Impairment of investments. We complete a detailed analysis each quarter to assess whether any decline in the 
fair value of any investment below cost is deemed other-than-temporary. All securities with an unrealized loss 
are reviewed. We recognize an impairment loss when an investment’s value declines below cost, adjusted for 
accretion, amortization and previous other-than-temporary impairments and it is determined that the decline is 
other-than-temporary. 

Debt Investments: We assess whether we intend to sell, or it is more likely than not that we will be required to 
sell, a fixed maturity investment before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current period credit losses. 
For fixed maturity investments that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and that we do not intend 
to sell and will not be required to sell, we separate the amount of the impairment into the amount that is credit 
related (credit loss component) and the amount due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized 
in earnings and is the difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its 
expected future cash flows. The remaining difference between the investment’s fair value and the present value 
of future expected cash flows is recognized in other comprehensive income. 

Equity  Investments:  On  January  1,  2018,  we  adopted  ASU  2016-01,  “Recognition  and  Measurement  of 
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”.  ASU 2016-01 requires equity investments that are not consolidated 
or accounted for under the equity method of accounting to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value 
recognized in net income each reporting period.  As a result of the new standard, equity securities with readily 
determinable fair values are no longer required to be evaluated for other-than-temporary-impairment. 

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-01, some of the factors considered in evaluating whether a decline in fair 
value for an equity investment is other-than-temporary include: (1) our ability and intent to retain the investment 
for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in value; (2) the recoverability of cost; (3) the 
length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost; and (4) the financial condition and 
near-term and long-term prospects for the issuer, including the relevant industry conditions and trends, and 
implications of rating agency actions and offering prices. When it was determined that an equity investment 
was  other-than-temporarily  impaired,  the  security  was  written  down  to  fair  value,  and  the  amount  of  the 
impairment was included in earnings as a realized investment loss. The fair value then became the new cost 
basis  of  the  investment,  and  any  subsequent  recoveries  in  fair  value  were  recognized  at  disposition.  We 
recognized a realized loss when impairment was deemed to be other-than-temporary even if a decision to sell 
an equity investment had not been made. If we decided to sell a temporarily impaired available-for-sale equity 
investment and we did not expect the fair value of the equity investment to fully recover prior to the expected 

41 

 
time  of  sale,  the  investment  was  deemed  to  be  other-than-temporarily  impaired  in  the  period  in  which  the 
decision to sell was made. 

Fair  values  of  financial  instruments.  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  820  defines  fair  value, 
establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements about fair 
value measurements. ASC 820, among other things, requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and 
minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. In addition, ASC 820 precludes the use of 
block discounts when measuring the fair value of instruments traded in an active market, which were previously 
applied to large holdings of publicly traded equity securities. 

We determine the fair value of our financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established in ASC 
820. In accordance with ASC 820, we utilize the following fair value hierarchy: 

•  Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets; 

•  Level 2: inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities 
in active markets, inputs of identical assets for less active markets, and inputs that are observable 
for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the instrument; 
and 

•  Level 3: inputs to the valuation methodology that are unobservable for the asset or liability. 

This hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. 

Under ASC 820, we determine fair value based on the price that would be received for an asset or paid to 
transfer  a liability  in  an  orderly transaction  between market  participants  on  the measurement  date.  It  is  our 
policy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing 
fair value measurements, in accordance with the fair value hierarchy described above. Fair value measurements 
for assets and liabilities where there exists limited or no observable market data are calculated based upon our 
pricing policy, the economic and competitive environment, the characteristics of the asset or liability and other 
factors as appropriate. These estimated fair values may not be realized upon actual sale or immediate settlement 
of the asset or liability. 

Where  quoted  prices  are  available  on  active  exchanges  for  identical  instruments,  investment  securities  are 
classified  within  Level  1  of  the  valuation  hierarchy.  Level  1  investment  securities  include  common  stock, 
preferred stock and the equity warrant classified as Other Investments. 

Level 2 investment securities include corporate bonds, collateralized corporate bank loans, municipal bonds, 
U.S. Treasury securities, other obligations of the U.S. Government and mortgage-backed securities for which 
quoted  prices  are  not  available  on  active  exchanges  for  identical  instruments.  We  use  a  third  party  pricing 
service to determine fair values for each Level 2 investment security in all asset classes. Since quoted prices in 
active  markets  for  identical  assets  are  not  available,  these  prices  are  determined  using  observable  market 
information  such  as  quotes  from  less  active  markets  and/or  quoted  prices  of  securities  with  similar 
characteristics,  among  other  things.  We  have  reviewed  the  processes  used  by  the  pricing  service  and  have 
determined that they result in fair values consistent with the requirements of ASC 820 for Level 2 investment 
securities. We have not adjusted any prices received from third-party pricing sources. 

In cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, investment securities 
are  classified  within  Level  3  of  the  valuation  hierarchy.  Level  3  investments  are  valued  based  on  the  best 

42 

 
available  data  in  order  to  approximate  fair  value.  This  data  may  be  internally  developed  and  consider  risk 
premiums that a market participant would require. Investment securities classified within Level 3 include other 
less liquid investment securities. 

Deferred policy acquisition costs. Policy acquisition costs (mainly commission, underwriting and marketing 
expenses) that vary with and are primarily related to the successful acquisition of new and renewal insurance 
contracts are deferred and charged to operations over periods in which the related premiums are earned. Ceding 
commissions from reinsurers, which include expense allowances, are deferred and recognized over the period 
premiums are earned for the underlying policies reinsured. 

The method followed in computing deferred policy acquisition costs limits the amount of such deferred costs 
to their estimated realizable value. A premium deficiency exists if the sum of expected claim costs and claim 
adjustment expenses, unamortized acquisition costs, and maintenance costs exceeds related unearned premiums 
and  expected  investment  income  on  those  unearned  premiums,  as  computed  on  a  product  line  basis.  We 
routinely evaluate the realizability of deferred policy acquisition costs. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, there 
was no premium deficiency related to deferred policy acquisition costs. 

Goodwill. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating unit or one level below an 
operating unit) on an annual basis (October 1) and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances 
change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. For 
purposes of evaluating goodwill for impairment, we have determined that our reporting units are the same as 
our  operating  units  except for  the  Specialty  Commercial  operating  unit  for  which  reporting  units  are  at  the 
component  level  (“one  level  below”).  Our  consolidated  balance  sheet  as  of  December 31,  2018  includes 
goodwill of acquired businesses of $44.7 million that is assigned to our operating units as follows: Standard 
Commercial  P&C  operating  unit -  $2.1  million;  Contract  Binding  operating  unit -  $19.9  million;  Specialty 
Commercial  operating  unit -  $17.4  million  (comprised  of  $7.7  million  for  the  primary/excess  and  umbrella 
component and $9.7 million for the general aviation and satellite component); and Specialty Personal Lines 
operating unit - $5.3 million. This amount has been recorded as a result of prior business acquisitions accounted 
for under the acquisition method of accounting. Under ASC 350, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other,” goodwill 
is tested for impairment annually. We completed our last annual test for impairment on the first day of the 
fourth quarter of 2018 and determined that there was no impairment. 

A  significant  amount  of  judgment  is  required  in  performing  goodwill  impairment  tests.  Such  tests  include 
estimating the fair value of our reporting units. As required by ASC 350, we compare the estimated fair value 
of each reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. Under ASC 350, fair value refers to the 
amount for which the entire reporting unit may be bought or sold. 

The determination of fair value was based on an income approach utilizing discounted cash flows. The valuation 
methodology  utilized  is  subject  to  key  judgments  and  assumptions.  Estimates  of  fair  value  are  inherently 
uncertain and represent management’s reasonable expectation regarding future developments. These estimates 
and the judgments and assumptions upon which the estimates are based will, in all likelihood, differ in some 
respects from actual future results. Declines in estimated fair value could result in goodwill impairments in 
future periods which could materially adversely affect our results of operations or financial position. 

The income approach to determining fair value computed the projections of the cash flows that the reporting 
unit  is  expected  to  generate  converted  into  a  present  value  equivalent  through  discounting.  Significant 
assumptions in the income  approach  model  include income  projections, discount rates  and  terminal  growth 
values.  The  income  projections  reflect  an  improved  premium  rate  environment  across  most  of  our  lines  of 
business that continued throughout 2018. The income projections also include loss and LAE assumptions which 

43 

 
reflect recent historical claim trends and the movement towards a more favorable pricing environment. The 
income projections also include assumptions for expense growth and investment yields which are based on 
business plans for each of our operating units. The discount rate was based on a risk free rate plus a beta adjusted 
equity risk premium and specific company risk premium. The assumptions were based on historical experience 
(including factors such as prior year loss reserve development), expectations of future performance (including 
premium growth rates, premium rate increases and loss costs), expected market conditions and other factors 
requiring judgment and estimates. While we believe the assumptions used in these models were reasonable, the 
inherent  uncertainty  in  predicting  future  performance  and  market  conditions  may  change  over  time  and 
influence the outcome of future testing. 

The  fair  values  of  each  of our  operating  units  were in  excess  of  their  respective  carrying  values, including 
goodwill, as a result of our annual test for impairment during the fourth quarter 2018. However, a 13% decline 
in the fair value of our Standard Commercial P&C operating unit, a 5% decline in the fair value of our Contract 
Binding operating unit, a 20% decline in the fair value of our Specialty Personal Lines operating unit, a 61% 
decline in the fair value of our excess and umbrella component or a 29% decline in the fair value of our general 
aviation and satellite component would have caused the carrying value of the respective reporting unit to be in 
excess of its fair value, resulting in the need to perform the second step of impairment testing prescribed by 
ASC 350, which could have resulted in an impairment to our goodwill. 

The market capitalization of Hallmark’s common stock has been below book value during 2018. We consider 
our market capitalization in assessing the reasonableness of the fair values estimated for our operating units in 
connection with our goodwill impairment testing. We believe the limited daily trading volume of Hallmark 
shares has resulted in a decrease in our market capitalization that is not representative of a long-term decrease 
in value. The valuation analysis discussed above supports our view that goodwill was not impaired at October 1, 
2018. Through December 31, 2018, there were no indicators of impairment. 

While we believe the estimates and assumptions used in determining the fair value of our operating units were 
reasonable, actual results could vary materially. If our actual results are not consistent with our estimates and 
assumptions used to calculate fair value, we may be required to perform the second step of impairment testing 
prescribed by ASC 350 in future periods and impairment of goodwill could result. We cannot predict future 
events that might impact the fair value of our operating units and goodwill impairment. Such events include, 
but are not limited to, increased competition in insurance markets and global economic changes. 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities. We file a consolidated federal income tax return. Deferred federal 
income taxes reflect the future tax consequences of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities 
and their financial reporting amounts at each year end. Deferred taxes are recognized using the liability method, 
whereby tax rates are applied to cumulative temporary differences based on when and how they are expected 
to  affect  the  tax  return.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  adjusted  for  tax  rate  changes.  A  valuation 
allowance is provided against our deferred tax assets to the extent that we do not believe it is more likely than 
not that future taxable income will be adequate to realize these future tax benefits. 

Reserves for unpaid losses and LAE. Reserves for unpaid losses and LAE are established for claims that have 
already been incurred by the policyholder but which we have not yet paid. Unpaid losses and LAE represent 
the estimated ultimate net cost of all reported and unreported losses incurred through each balance sheet date. 
The  reserves for  unpaid  losses  and  LAE are  estimated  using  individual case-basis  valuations and  statistical 
analyses. These reserves are revised periodically and are subject to the effects of trends in loss severity and 
frequency.  (See  “Item 1.  Business –  Analysis  of  Losses  and  LAE”  and  Note 6  to  the  audited  consolidated 
financial statements included in this report.) 

44 

 
Although considerable variability is inherent in such estimates, we believe that our reserves for unpaid losses 
and LAE are adequate. Due to the inherent uncertainty in estimating unpaid losses and LAE, the actual ultimate 
amounts may differ from the recorded amounts. A small percentage change could result in a material effect on 
reported earnings. For example, a 1% change in December 31, 2018 reserves for unpaid losses and LAE would 
have produced a $5.3 million change to pretax earnings. The estimates are continually reviewed and adjusted 
as  experience  develops  or  new  information  becomes  known.  Such  adjustments  are  included  in  current 
operations. 

An actuarial range of ultimate unpaid losses and LAE is developed independent of management’s best estimate 
and is only used to assess the reasonableness of that estimate. There is no exclusive method for determining 
this range, and judgment enters into the process. The primary actuarial technique utilized is a loss development 
analysis  in  which  ultimate  losses  are  projected  based  upon  historical  development  patterns.  The  primary 
assumption  underlying  this  loss  development  analysis  is  that  the  historical  development  patterns  will  be  a 
reasonable predictor of the future development of losses for accident years which are less mature. An alternate 
actuarial technique, known as the Bornhuetter-Ferguson method, combines an analysis of loss development 
patterns  with  an  initial  estimate  of  expected  losses  or  loss  ratios.  This  approach  is  most  useful  for  recent 
accident years.  In  addition  to  assuming  the  stability  of  loss  development  patterns,  this  technique  is  heavily 
dependent  on  the  accuracy  of  the  initial  estimate  of  expected  losses  or  loss  ratios.  Consequently,  the 
Bornhuetter-Ferguson  method  is  primarily  used  to  confirm  the  results  derived  from  the  loss  development 
analysis. 

The range of unpaid losses and LAE estimated by our actuary as of December 31, 2018 was $426.5 million to 
$538.8 million. Our best estimate of unpaid losses and LAE as of December 31, 2018 is $527.2 million. Our 
carried reserve for unpaid losses and LAE as of December 31, 2018 is comprised of $242.3 million in case 
reserves and $284.9 million in incurred but not reported reserves. In setting this estimate of unpaid losses and 
LAE, we have assumed, among other things, that current trends in loss frequency and severity will continue 
and that the actuarial analysis was empirically valid. We have established a best estimate of unpaid losses and 
LAE  which  is  $44.6  million  higher  than  the  midpoint,  or  97.8%  of  the  high  end,  of  the  actuarial  range  at 
December 31, 2018 as compared to $39.9 million above the midpoint, or 96.3% of the high end, of the actuarial 
range at December 31, 2017. We expect our best estimate to move within the actuarial range from year to year 
due to changes in our operations and changes within the marketplace. Due to the inherent uncertainty in reserve 
estimates, there can be no assurance that the actual losses ultimately experienced will fall within the actuarial 
range. However, because of the breadth of the actuarial range, we believe that it is reasonably likely that actual 
losses will fall within such range. 

Our reserve requirements are also interrelated with product pricing and profitability. We must price our products 
at  a  level  sufficient  to  fund  our  policyholder  benefits  and  still  remain  profitable.  Because  claim  expenses 
represent  the  single  largest  category  of  our  expenses,  inaccuracies  in  the  assumptions  used  to  estimate  the 
amount of such benefits can result in our failing to price our products appropriately and to generate sufficient 
premiums to fund our operations. 

45 

 
 
 
 
Results of Operations 

Comparison of Years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 

Management overview. During fiscal 2018, our total revenues were $379.3 million, which was $6.2 million 
less than the $385.5 million in total revenues for fiscal 2017. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we 
reported net income before tax of $12.8 million as compared to a net loss before tax of $16.6 million during the 
same period of 2017. 

This decrease in revenue was largely due to investment losses of $10.2 million during the year ended December 
31, 2018 as compared to investment losses of $0.2 million during the same period of 2017, as well as lower net 
investment income and lower other income, partially offset by higher net earned premiums, higher commissions 
and fees and higher finance charges. The investment losses for the year ended December 31, 2018 included 
$9.3 million in loss attributable to the adoption effective January 1, 2018 of Accounting Standards Update No. 
2016-01,  “Recognition  and  Measurement  of  Financial  Assets  and  Financial  Liabilities”  (“ASU  2016-01”) 
which  requires  equity  investments  that  are  not  consolidated  or  accounted  for  under  the  equity  method  of 
accounting to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. We adopted ASU 
2016-01  using  the  modified-retrospective  approach  pursuant  to  which  we  recorded  a  cumulative  effect 
adjustment  to  retained  earnings  of  $17.0  million  as  of  January  1,  2018  and  decreased  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income by the same amount and did not restate prior periods.   

The increase in income before tax for the year ended December 31, 2018 was due primarily to decreased losses 
and  loss  adjustment  expenses  (“LAE”)  of  $32.3  million  and  lower  operating  expenses  of  $3.4  million  as 
compared to the same periods in 2017, partially offset by the decrease in revenue discussed. The decrease in 
losses and LAE was primarily the result of unfavorable net prior year loss reserve development of $40.1 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $6.0 million of unfavorable net prior year loss reserve 
development for the year ended December 31, 2018.  The decrease in operating expenses was primarily due to 
lower production related expenses due primarily to increased ceding commission in our Specialty Commercial 
Segment, partially offset by increased salary and related expenses, professional service fees and other operating 
expenses during the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the same period during 2017. 

We reported net income of $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to a net loss of 
$11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. On a diluted per share basis, net income was $0.57 per 
share for fiscal 2018 as compared to a net loss of $0.63 per share for fiscal 2017. Our effective tax rate was 
19.2% for the  year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to 30.3% for the same period in 2017. The effective 
tax rate for 2018 was favorably impacted by the lower statutory rate from the enactment of the Tax Cuts and 
Jobs Act (“TCJA”) on December 22, 2017. The rate for 2017 varied from the statutory tax rate primarily due 
to a $1.3 million charge from the revaluation of deferred tax balances from a 35% statutory rate to the new 21% 
statutory tax rate under the TCJA as well as a correction of an immaterial error in prior years’ deferred tax on 
bond premium amortization, partially offset by the amount of tax exempt income in relation to total pre-tax 
income.  

46 

 
  
 
 
 
Segment information 

The following is additional business segment information for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (in 
thousands): 

Year Ended December 31,  

  Specialty Commercial  
Segment 

Standard Commercial  
Segment 

      2018 
  $  501,806  
   (250,075 ) 
    251,731  

2017 
$  464,714  
   (199,692 ) 
    265,022  

2018 
$ 
 86,121  
    (16,899 ) 
 69,222  

$ 

2017 
 78,228  
 (8,940 ) 
 69,288  

Personal Segment 
2017 
2018 
$ 
$ 
 61,214  
 75,088  
    (29,941 ) 
    (32,243 ) 
 31,273  
 42,845  

$ 

 6,455  
    258,186  

 (5,936 ) 
    259,086  

 3,099  
 72,321  

 (3,070 ) 
 66,218  

    (10,265 ) 
 32,580  

 4,460  
 35,733  

Gross premiums written 
Ceded premiums written 
Net premiums written 
Change in unearned 
premiums 
Net premiums earned 

Corporate 

Consolidated 

2018 

      2017 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  

      2018 
 —   $   663,015  
   (299,217 ) 
 —  
    363,798  
 —  

2017 
$   604,156  
   (238,573 ) 
    365,583  

 —  
 —  

 (711 ) 
    363,087  

 (4,546 ) 
    361,037  

Total revenues 

    280,283  

    277,946  

 76,548  

 70,302  

 38,623  

 40,462  

    (16,186 )    

 (3,189 )      379,268  

    385,521  

Losses and loss adjustment 
expenses 

    194,268  

    213,050  

 39,396  

 45,227  

 22,364  

 30,031  

 —  

 —  

    256,028  

    288,308  

Pre-tax income (loss) 

 28,780  

 2,012  

 13,090  

 2,440  

 3,061  

 (3,058 ) 

    (32,128 )      (17,966 )    

 12,803  

 (16,572 ) 

Net loss ratio (1) 
Net expense ratio (1) 
Net combined ratio (1) 

Favorable (Unfavorable) 
Prior Year Development 

 75.2 %     
 22.6 %     
 97.8 %     

 82.2 %     
 23.7 %     
 105.9 %     

 54.5 %     
 33.5 %     
 88.0 %     

 68.3 %     
 34.5 %     
 102.8 %     

 68.6 %     
 26.3 %     
 94.9 %     

 84.0 %     
 29.3 %     
 113.3 %     

 70.5 %     
 26.6 %     
 97.1 %     

 79.9 % 
 28.0 % 
 107.9 % 

 (16,457 ) 

 (40,477 ) 

 8,993  

 970  

 1,511  

 (598 ) 

 (5,953 ) 

 (40,105 ) 

1  The net loss ratio is calculated as incurred losses and LAE divided by net premiums earned, each determined 
in accordance with GAAP. The net expense ratio is calculated as total underwriting expenses offset by 
agency  fee  income  divided  by  net  premiums  earned,  each  determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  Net 
combined ratio is calculated as the sum of the net loss ratio and the net expense ratio. 

Specialty Commercial Segment.  

Gross  premiums  written  for  the  Specialty  Commercial  Segment  were  $501.8  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2018, which was $37.1 million, or 8%, more than the $464.7 million reported for the same period 
in 2017. The increase in gross premiums written were primarily the result of increased premium production in 
our Specialty Commercial operating unit, partially offset by lower premium production in our Contract Binding 
operating unit. Net premiums written were $251.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared 
to $265.0 million reported for the same period in 2017. The decrease in net premiums written was due to a 
change in mix towards business with higher ceded premium as a percentage of the gross premium.  

The $280.3 million of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $2.4 million higher than the 
$277.9 million reported for 2017. This increase in revenue was primarily due to higher net investment income 
of $2.5 million and higher commission and fees of $1.0 million, partially offset by lower other income of $0.2 
million and lower net premiums earned of $0.9 million due to decreased premium production in our Contract 
Binding  operating  unit,  partially  offset  by  increased  premium  production  in  our  Specialty  Commercial 
operating unit.   

Pre-tax income for the Specialty Commercial Segment of $28.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 
was $26.8 million higher than the $2.0 million reported for the same period in 2017. This increase in pre-tax 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
 
income was primarily due to lower loss and LAE expenses of $18.8 million, lower operating expense of $5.6 
million and the increased revenue discussed above.  

Our Contract Binding operating unit reported a $44.9 million decrease in loss and LAE due primarily to $11.2 
million of unfavorable prior year net loss reserve development recognized during the year ended December 31, 
2018 as compared to $38.6 million of unfavorable prior year net loss reserve development recognized for the  
prior year. Our Specialty Commercial operating unit reported a $26.1 million increase in loss and LAE which 
consisted of (a) a $9.3 million increase in losses and LAE attributable to our professional liability insurance 
products due primarily to increased net earned premiums as well as net unfavorable prior year loss reserve 
development as compared to favorable prior year loss development during the same period of 2017, (b) a $7.7 
million increase in losses and LAE attributable to our primary/excess property insurance products due primarily 
to increased premium production and higher net catastrophe losses, (c) a $3.9 million increase in losses and 
LAE in our commercial umbrella and primary/excess liability line of business due primarily to increased net 
earned premiums as well as increased net unfavorable prior year loss reserve development as compared to the 
same period during 2017, (d) a $3.8 million increase in losses and LAE in our specialty programs due primarily 
to increased net earned premiums, (e) a $1.1 million increase in losses and LAE in our satellite launch insurance 
line of business due to higher current accident year loss trends as well as net unfavorable prior year loss reserve 
development during 2018,  and (f) a $0.3 million increase in losses and LAE in our general aviation line of 
business due primarily to higher current accident year loss trends, partially offset by lower unfavorable prior 
year loss development as compared to the same period during 2017. The $5.6 million decrease in operating 
expense was primarily the result of lower production related expenses of $9.2 million due primarily to increased 
ceding commissions in our Specialty Commercial operating unit, partially offset by increased salary and related 
expenses  of  $2.0  million,  increased  professional  services  of  $0.8  million,  increased  occupancy  and  other 
operating expenses of $0.7 million and increased travel and related expenses of $0.1 million.     

The Specialty Commercial Segment reported a net loss ratio of 75.2% for the year ended December 31, 2018 
as compared to 82.2% for the same period during 2017. The gross loss ratio before reinsurance was 73.4% for 
the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to 76.5% for the same period in 2017. The lower gross and net 
loss ratios were largely the result of $16.5 million of unfavorable prior year net loss reserve development for 
the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to unfavorable prior year net loss reserve development of $40.5 
million for the same period of 2017, as well as lower gross current accident year loss trends during the year 
ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the same period during 2017. The Specialty Commercial Segment 
reported $6.0 million of net catastrophe losses during the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to $3.8 
million of net catastrophe losses during the same period of 2017. The Specialty Commercial Segment reported 
a net expense ratio of 22.6% for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to 23.7% for the same period 
of  2017. The  decrease  in  the  expense ratio  was  due predominately to increased  ceding  commissions  in  our 
Specialty Commercial operating unit.  

Standard Commercial Segment.  

Gross premiums written for the Standard Commercial Segment were $86.1 million for the year ended December 
31, 2018, which was $7.9 million, or 10%, more than the $78.2 million reported for the same period in 2017. 
The gross premiums written for the Standard Commercial P&C operating unit increased $8.2 million, offset by 
a decrease of $0.3 million due to the discontinued marketing of new and renewal occupational accident policies. 
Net premiums written were $69.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to $69.3 million 
reported for the same period in 2017. The net premiums written include a $0.2 million increase in our Standard 
Commercial P&C operating unit for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the same period during 
2017, offset by a decrease in premium volume of $0.2 million due to the discontinued marketing of new and 

48 

 
renewal  occupational  accident  policies  and  a  $0.1  million  decrease  due  to  the  discontinued  marketing  of 
workers compensation policies.  

Total revenue for the Standard Commercial Segment of $76.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 
was $6.2 million more than the $70.3 million reported during the year ended December 31, 2017. This 9% 
increase was primarily due to higher net premiums earned of $6.1 million primarily as a result of increased net 
premiums earned of $6.6 million in our Standard Commercial P&C operating unit and higher commissions and 
fees of $0.3 million, partially offset by lower net investment income and finance charges of $0.2 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the same period in 2017. 

Our Standard Commercial Segment reported pre-tax income of $13.1 million for the year ended December 31, 
2018, which was $10.7 million higher than the $2.4 million reported for the same period of 2017. The increase 
in pre-tax income was the result of the increased revenue discussed above and lower losses and LAE of $5.8 
million, partially offset by higher operating expenses of $1.3 million primarily as the result of higher production 
related expenses.  

The net loss ratio for the year ended December 31, 2018 was 54.5% as compared to the 68.3% reported for the 
year ended December 31, 2017. The gross loss ratio before reinsurance was 61.9% for the year ended December 
31,  2018  as  compared to  63.3% for the prior  year. The  decreases in the  gross  and  net loss  ratios  were  due 
predominantly  to  favorable  prior  year  net  loss  reserve  development  of  $9.0  million  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2018 as compared to $1.0 million of favorable prior year net loss reserve development for the 
same period of 2017. Further contributing to the lower gross and net loss ratios were lower catastrophe losses 
during the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the same period of 2017. The Standard Commercial 
Segment reported $3.3 million of net catastrophe losses during the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared 
to $3.6 million of net catastrophe losses during the same period of 2017. The Standard Commercial Segment 
reported a net expense ratio of 33.5% during the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to 34.5% for the 
same period of 2017. The decrease in the expense ratio was primarily due to the increased earned premium. 

Personal Segment.  

Gross premiums written for the Personal Segment were $75.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, 
which  was  $13.9  million more  than  the  $61.2  million  reported  for the  same  period  in  2017.  Net  premiums 
written for our Personal Segment were $42.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, which was an 
increase of $11.5 million from the $31.3 million reported for the same period of 2017. The increase in gross 
written premiums was due primarily to increased production in our current geographical footprint.  The increase 
in net written premiums was also due to increased production as well as increased retention of business effective 
October 1, 2018. 

Total revenue for the Personal Segment decreased 5% to $38.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 
from $40.4 million for the same period during 2017. The $1.8 million decrease in revenue was primarily the 
result of lower net premiums earned of $3.1 million due to the earning impact of intentionally reducing certain 
underperforming  portions of  this  business to  address  loss ratio  performance  early  in  2018  and  the deferred 
earning impact of the subsequent growth later in 2018, partially offset by higher finance charges of $1.3 million 
reported during the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the same period during 2017.  

Our  Personal  Segment  reported  pre-tax  income  of  $3.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  as 
compared to a pre-tax loss of $3.1 million for the same period of 2017. The pre-tax income was primarily the 
result of decreased losses and LAE of $7.7 million and lower operating expenses of $0.3 million for the year 

49 

 
ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the same period during 2017, partially offset by the decreased revenue 
discussed above.  

The Personal Segment reported a net loss ratio of 68.6% for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to 
84.0%  for  the  same  period  of  2017.  The  gross  loss  ratio  before  reinsurance  was  66.7%  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2018 as compared to 80.1% for the same period in 2017. The lower gross and net loss ratios were 
primarily the result of favorable prior year net loss reserve development of $1.5 million during the year ended 
December 31, 2018 as compared to unfavorable net loss reserve development of $0.6 million reported during 
the same period of 2017, as well as lower current accident year loss trends. The Personal Segment reported a 
net expense ratio of 26.3% for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to 29.3% for the same period 
of 2017. The decrease in the expense ratio was due predominately to higher finance charges, partially offset by 
lower net premiums earned.  

Corporate.  

Total revenue for Corporate decreased by $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to 
the same period the prior year. This decrease in total revenue was due predominately to investment losses of 
$10.2  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  as  compared  to  investment  losses  of  $0.2  million 
reported  for  the  same  period  of  2017  and  lower  net  investment  income  of  $3.0  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2018 as compared to the same period during 2017. The investment losses during 2018 include 
$9.3 million in loss attributable to the adoption of ASU 2016-01 effective January 1, 2018.  

Corporate pre-tax loss was $32.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to a pre-tax loss 
of $18.0 million for the same period of 2017. The increase in pre-tax loss was primarily due to the lower 
revenue discussed above and higher operating expenses of $1.1 million.  

Operating expenses increased $1.1 million primarily as a result of higher salary and related expenses of $0.9 
million due primarily to higher incentive compensation accruals during  the year ending December 31, 2018 as 
compared to the same period during 2017.  Further contributing to the higher operating expenses were increased 
occupancy and related expenses of $0.4 million primarily related to the early termination of our Ft. Worth office 
lease.   These increases to operating expenses were partially offset by lower professional service fees and other 
expenses of $0.2 million.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Sources and Uses of Funds 

Our sources of funds are from insurance-related operations, financing activities and investing activities. Major 
sources of funds from operations include premiums collected (net of policy cancellations and premiums ceded), 
commissions  and  processing  and  service  fees.  As  a  holding  company,  Hallmark  is  dependent  on  dividend 
payments and management fees from its subsidiaries to meet operating expenses and debt obligations. As of 
December 31, 2018, we had $15.6 million in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, as well as $0.8 million in 
debt  securities,  at  the  holding  company  and  our  non-insurance  subsidiaries.  As  of  that  date,  our  insurance 
subsidiaries  held  $20.0  million  of  unrestricted  cash  and  cash  equivalents  as  well  as  $545.1  million  in  debt 
securities with an average modified duration of 1.4 years. Accordingly, we do not anticipate selling long-term 
debt instruments to meet any liquidity needs. 

AHIC  and  TBIC,  domiciled  in  Texas,  are  limited  in the  payment  of  dividends to  their  stockholders  in  any 
12-month period, without the prior written consent of the Texas Department of Insurance, to the greater of 

50 

 
statutory net income for the prior calendar year or 10% of statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the prior year 
end. HIC and HNIC, both domiciled in Arizona, are limited in the payment of dividends to the lesser of 10% 
of prior year policyholders’ surplus or prior year’s net income, without prior written approval from the Arizona 
Department of Insurance. HSIC, domiciled in Oklahoma, is limited in the payment of dividends to the greater 
of 10% of prior year policyholders’ surplus or prior year’s statutory net income, not including realized capital 
gains,  without  prior  written  approval  from  the  Oklahoma  Insurance  Department.  For  all  our  insurance 
companies, dividends may only be paid from unassigned surplus funds. During 2019, the aggregate ordinary 
dividend capacity of these subsidiaries is $33.9 million, of which $22.9 million is available to Hallmark. As a 
county mutual, dividends from HCM are payable to policyholders. During the years ended December 31, 2018 
and 2017 our insurance company subsidiaries paid $5.5 million and $11.4 million, respectively, in dividends to 
Hallmark. 

The  state insurance  departments  also regulate  financial transactions  between  our insurance subsidiaries  and 
their  affiliated  companies.  Applicable  regulations  require  approval  of  management  fees,  expense  sharing 
contracts and similar transactions. During 2018 and 2017 our insurance subsidiaries did not pay management 
fees to Hallmark or our non-insurance company subsidiaries. 

Statutory capital and surplus is calculated as statutory assets less statutory liabilities. The various state insurance 
departments  that  regulate  our  insurance  company  subsidiaries  require  us  to  maintain  a  minimum  statutory 
capital and surplus. As of December 31, 2018, our insurance company subsidiaries reported statutory capital 
and surplus of $247.0 million, substantially greater than the minimum requirements for each state. Each of our 
insurance company subsidiaries is also required to satisfy certain risk-based capital requirements. (See, “Item 1. 
Business – Insurance Regulation – Risk-based Capital Requirements.”)  As of December 31, 2018, the adjusted 
capital  under  the  risk-based  capital  calculation  of  each  of  our insurance  company  subsidiaries substantially 
exceeded the minimum requirements. Our total statutory net premium-to-surplus percentage for the years ended 
December 31, 2018 and 2017 was 147% and 157%, respectively. 

Comparison of December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2017 

On a consolidated basis, our cash and investments, excluding restricted cash and investments, at December 31, 
2018 were $663.5 million compared to $726.3 million at December 31, 2017. The primary reasons for this 
decrease  in  unrestricted  cash  and  investments  were  cash  used  by  operations,  a  decrease  in  investment  fair 
values, purchases of property and equipment and repurchases of our common stock.  

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 

Net cash used by our consolidated operating activities was $32.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 
compared to net cash flow provided by operations of $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.  The 
decrease in operating cash flow was driven by a temporary acceleration of paid claims as we improved our 
claims practices to address the increase in frequency and severity in our commercial auto portfolio as well as 
increased  paid  operating  expenses.  These  decreases  in  operating  cash  flow  were  partially  offset  by  higher 
collected net premiums, higher collected finance charges and collected income tax recoverable during the year 
ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the same period the prior year.  

Net  cash  provided  by  investing  activities  during  the year  ended  December 31,  2018  was  $7.3  million  as 
compared  to net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  of $21.4  million for the prior year.  The  cash  provided by 
investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2018 was comprised of a decrease in purchases of debt 
and equity securities of $83.2 million and a decrease of $0.6 million in purchases of property and equipment, 
partially offset by a decrease of $55.1 million in maturities, sales and redemptions of investment securities.  

51 

 
  
Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2018 was $1.6 million as a result of 
$1.8 million related to the repurchase of our common stock, partially offset by $0.2 million related to proceeds 
from  the  exercise  of  employee  stock  options.  Cash  used  in  financing  activities  during  the year  ended 
December 31, 2017 was $5.1 million as a result of $5.3 million related to the repurchase of our common stock, 
partially offset by $0.2 million related to proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options.  

Credit Facilities 

Our Second Restated Credit Agreement with Frost Bank (“Frost”) dated June 30, 2015, as amended to date, 
provides a $15.0 million revolving credit facility (“Facility A”), with a $5.0 million letter of credit sub-facility. 
The outstanding balance of the Facility A bears interest at a rate equal to the prime rate or LIBOR plus 2.5%, at 
our election. We pay an annual fee of 0.25% of the average daily unused balance of Facility A and letter of 
credit fees at the rate of 1.00% per annum.  All principal and accrued interest on Facility A becomes due and 
payable on June 30, 2020. As of December 31, 2018, we had no outstanding borrowings under Facility A. 

The  Second  Restated  Credit  Agreement  with  Frost  also  provides  a  $30.0  million  revolving  credit  facility 
(“Facility B”), in addition to Facility A. We may use Facility B loan proceeds solely for the purpose of making 
capital contributions to AHIC and HIC. We may borrow, repay and reborrow under Facility B until December 
17,  2019,  at  which  time  all  amounts  outstanding  under  Facility  B  are  converted  to  a  term  loan.  Through 
December 17, 2019, we pay Frost a quarterly fee of 0.25% per annum of the average daily unused balance of 
Facility B. Facility B bears interest at a rate equal to the prime rate or LIBOR plus 3.00%, at our election. Until 
December  17,  2019,  interest  only  on  amounts  from  time  to  time  outstanding  under  Facility  B  are  payable 
quarterly. Any amounts outstanding on Facility B as of December 17, 2019 are converted to a term loan payable 
in quarterly installments over five years based on a seven year amortization of principal plus accrued interest. 
All remaining principal and accrued interest on Facility B become due and payable on December 17, 2024. As 
of December 31, 2018, we had $30.0 million outstanding under Facility B. 

The obligations under both Facility A and Facility B are secured by a security interest in the capital stock of 
AHIC  and  HIC.  Both  Facility  A  and  Facility  B  contain  covenants  that,  among  other  things,  require  us  to 
maintain certain financial and operating ratios and restrict certain distributions, transactions and organizational 
changes. We are in compliance with all of these covenants. 

Subordinated Debt Securities 

On June 21, 2005, we entered into a trust preferred securities transaction pursuant to which we issued $30.9 
million aggregate principal amount of subordinated debt securities due in 2035. To effect the transaction, we 
formed Hallmark Statutory Trust I (“Trust I”) as a Delaware statutory trust. Trust I issued $30.0 million of 
preferred securities to investors and $0.9 million of common securities to us. Trust I used the proceeds from 
these issuances to purchase the subordinated debt securities. The initial interest rate on our Trust I subordinated 
debt securities was 7.725% until June 15, 2015, after which interest adjusts quarterly to the three-month LIBOR 
rate plus 3.25 percentage points. Trust I pays dividends on its preferred securities at the same rate. Under the 
terms of our Trust I subordinated debt securities, we pay interest only each quarter and the principal of the note 
at maturity. The subordinated debt securities are uncollaterized and do not require maintenance of minimum 
financial covenants. As of December 31, 2018, the principal balance of our Trust I subordinated debt was $30.9 
million and the interest rate was 6.04% per annum. 

On August 23, 2007, we entered into a trust preferred securities transaction pursuant to which we issued $25.8 
million aggregate principal amount of subordinated debt securities due in 2037. To effect the transaction, we 
formed Hallmark Statutory Trust II (“Trust II”) as a Delaware statutory trust. Trust II issued $25.0 million of 

52 

 
preferred securities to investors and $0.8 million of common securities to us. Trust II used the proceeds from 
these issuances to purchase the subordinated debt securities. Our Trust II subordinated debt securities bore an 
initial interest rate of 8.28% until September 15, 2017, after which interest adjusts quarterly to the three-month 
LIBOR rate plus 2.90 percentage points. Trust II pays dividends on its preferred securities at the same rate. 
Under the terms of our Trust II subordinated debt securities, we pay interest only each quarter and the principal 
of the note at maturity. The subordinated debt securities are uncollateralized and do not require maintenance of 
minimum financial covenants. As of December 31, 2018, the principal balance of our Trust II subordinated 
debt was $25.8 million and the interest rate was 5.69% per annum. 

Effects of Inflation 

We do not believe that inflation has a material effect on our results of operations, except for the effect that 
inflation  may  have  on  interest  rates  and  claim  costs.  The  effects  of  inflation  are  considered  in  pricing  and 
estimating reserves for unpaid losses and LAE. The actual effects of inflation on results of operations are not 
known until claims are ultimately settled. In addition to general price inflation, we are exposed to the upward 
trend in the judicial awards for damages. We attempt to mitigate the effects of inflation in the pricing of policies 
and establishing reserves for losses and LAE. 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. 

Not required for smaller reporting company. 

53 

 
 
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

The following consolidated financial statements of Hallmark and its subsidiaries are filed as part of this report. 

Description 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2018 and 2017 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended 
December 31, 2018 and 2017  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 
and 2017  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Financial Statement Schedules 

     Page Number 
F-2 
F-3 
F-4 

F-5 

F-6 
F-7 
F-8 
F-48 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. 

None. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

The  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  of  Hallmark  have  evaluated  our  disclosure 
controls  and  procedures  and  have  concluded  that,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report,  such 
disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in 
the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is timely recorded, processed, 
summarized and reported. The principal executive officer and principal financial officer also concluded that 
such disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by 
us in the reports that we file or submit under such Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, 
including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions 
regarding required disclosure. 

During  the  three month  period  ended  December 31,  2018,  there  were  no  changes  in  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  our  internal 
control over financial reporting. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  “internal  control  over  financial 
reporting,”  as  such  phrase  is  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rule 13a-15(f).  Under  the  supervision  and  with  the 
participation  of  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Accounting  Officer,  an 
evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting was conducted based upon the 
framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework). Based upon that evaluation, management has concluded that 
our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2018. 

BDO  USA,  LLP,  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  that  audited  our  consolidated  financial 
statements as of December 31, 2018 included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation 
report on our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. The BDO USA, LLP attestation 
report,  which  expresses  an  unqualified  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  as  of  December 31,  2018,  is  included  in  this  Item under  the  heading  “Report  of  Independent 
Registered Public Accounting Firm.” 

55 

 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Stockholders and Board of Directors 
Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries 
Fort Worth, Texas 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the “Company’s”) internal control over 
financial  reporting  as  of  December 31,  2018,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control –  Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the 
“COSO criteria”). In our opinion the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control 
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on the COSO criteria. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 
2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, 
and cash flows for the years then ended and the related notes and financial statement schedules listed in the 
accompanying index and our report dated March 14, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting 
and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the 
accompanying  Item 9A,  “Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting”.  Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our 
audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with 
respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations 
of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the 
PCAOB.  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about 
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk 
that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal 
control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered 
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes 
in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in 
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; 
(2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of 
the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 

56 

 
 
 
 
company;  and  (3) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized 
acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  the  company’s  assets  that  could  have  a  material  effect  on  the  financial 
statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP 
Dallas, Texas 
March 14, 2019 

57 

 
 
 
 
Item 9B. Other Information. 

None. 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. 

PART III 

The  information  required  by  Item 10  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Registrant’s  definitive  proxy 
statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 
120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report. 

Item 11. Executive Compensation. 

The  information  required  by  Item 11  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Registrant’s  definitive  proxy 
statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 
120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report. 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters. 

The  information  required  by  Item 12  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Registrant’s  definitive  proxy 
statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 
120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report. 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. 

The  information  required  by  Item 13  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Registrant’s  definitive  proxy 
statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 
120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report. 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services. 

The  information  required  by  Item 14  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Registrant’s  definitive  proxy 
statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 
120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report. 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules. 

PART IV 

(a)(1)     Financial Statements 
The following consolidated financial statements, notes thereto and related information are included in Item 8 
of this report: 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2018 and 2017 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  for  the  Years  Ended  December  31,  2018  and  2017  Consolidated 
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and  2017 Consolidated 
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 Consolidated Statements 
of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(a)(2)     Financial Statement Schedules 
The following financial statement schedules are included in this report: 
Schedule II – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only) 
Schedule III – Supplemental Insurance Information 
Schedule IV – Reinsurance 
Schedule VI – Supplemental Information Concerning Property-Casualty Insurance Operations 
(a)(3)     Exhibit Index 

The following exhibits are either filed with this report or incorporated by reference: 

Exhibit   
Number       

Description 

3.1 

  Restated Articles of Incorporation of the registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to 
Amendment  No.  1  to  the  registrant’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  [Registration  No. 
333-136414] filed September 8, 2006). 

3.2 

  Amended and Restated By-Laws of the registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the 

registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 28, 2017). 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

  Specimen  certificate  for  common  stock,  $0.18  par  value,  of  the  registrant  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 [Registration No. 333-136414] filed September 8, 2006). 

Indenture dated June 21, 2005, between Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase 
Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed June 27, 2005). 

  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Hallmark Statutory Trust I dated as of June 21, 
2005,  among  Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.,  as  sponsor,  Chase  Bank  USA,  National 
Association,  as  Delaware  trustee,  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  National  Association,  as 
institutional trustee, and Mark Schwarz and Mark Morrison, as administrators (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 27, 2005). 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.4 

4.5 

4.6 

4.7 

4.8 

4.9 

4.10 

4.11 

4.12 

4.13 

4.14 

4.15 

4.16 

  Form of Junior Subordinated Debt Security Due 2035 (included in Exhibit 4.2 above). 

  Form of Capital Security Certificate (included in Exhibit 4.3 above). 

Indenture dated as of August 23, 2007, between Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and The Bank 
of New York Trust Company, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to 
the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 24, 2007). 

  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Hallmark Statutory Trust II dated as of August 23, 
2007, among Hallmark Financial Services, Inc., as sponsor, The Bank of New York (Delaware), 
as  Delaware  trustee,  and  The  Bank  of  New  York  Trust  Company,  National  Association,  as 
institutional trustee, and Mark Schwarz and Mark Morrison, as administrators (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 24, 2007). 

  Form of Junior Subordinated Debt Security Due 2037 (included in Exhibit 4.7 above). 

  Form of Capital Security Certificate (included in Exhibit 4.8 above). 

  Second Restated Credit Agreement among Hallmark Financial Services, Inc., American Hallmark 
Insurance Company of Texas, Hallmark Insurance Company and Frost Bank dated June 30, 2015 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
July 2, 2015). 

  First Amendment to Second Restated Credit Agreement among Hallmark Financial Services, Inc., 
American Hallmark Insurance Company of Texas, Hallmark Insurance Company and Frost Bank 
dated December 17, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed December 21, 2015). 

  Revolving Facility B Agreement between Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and Frost Bank dated 
December 17, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed December 21, 2015). 

  First Amendment to Revolving Facility B Agreement between Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. 
and  Frost  Bank  dated  November  1,  2016  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the 
registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 2, 2016). 

  Second Amendment to Second Restated Credit Agreement between Hallmark Financial Services, 
Inc. and Frost Bank dated December 20, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 20, 2017). 

  Second Amendment to Revolving Facility B Agreement between Hallmark Financial Services, 
Inc. and Frost Bank dated December 20, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 
registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 20, 2017). 

  Third Amendment to Second Restated Credit Agreement between Hallmark Financial Services, 
Inc.  and  Frost  Bank  dated  March  15,  2018  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the 
registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 15, 2018). 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.17 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

  Fourth Amendment to Second Restated Credit Agreement between Hallmark Financial Services, 
Inc.  and  Frost  Bank  dated  June  19,  2018  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the 
registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 20, 2018). 

  Office Lease for 6500 Pinecrest, Plano, Texas, dated July 22, 2008, between Hallmark Financial 
Services, Inc. and Legacy Tech IV Associates, Limited Partnership (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 99.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 29, 2008). 

  First Amendment to Lease Agreement between BRI 1849 Legacy, LLC and Hallmark Financial 
Services, Inc. dated January 1, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 21, 2015). 

  Lease Agreement for 777 Main Street, Fort Worth, Texas, dated June 12, 2003 between Hallmark 
Financial Services, Inc. and Crescent Real Estate Funding I, L.P. (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10(a) to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 
2003). 

  Office Lease by and between SAOP Northwest Center, L.P. and Hallmark Specialty Underwriters, 
Inc. dated January 29, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed February 2, 2010). 

  First Amendment to Office Lease between MS Crescent One SPV, LLC and Hallmark Financial 
Services,  Inc.,  dated  February  28,  2011  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the 
registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 1, 2011). 

  Assignment and Assumption of Lease Agreement and Bill of Sale between Equitymetrix, LLC 
and Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. dated March 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 2, 2016). 

  Lease  between  Musref  13727  Noel,  L.P.  and  Equitymetrix,  LLC  dated  March  25,  2009,  as 
amended by First Amendment to Lease between Musref 13727 Noel, L.P. and Equitymetrix, LLC 
dated  February  3,  2010,  Second  Amendment  to  Lease  between  Musref  13727  Noel,  L.P.  and 
Equitymetrix, LLC dated July 2, 2013, and Third Amendment to Lease between Musref 13727 
Noel, L.P. and Equitymetrix, LLC dated February 25, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 2, 2016). 

10.8 

  Office  Lease  between  Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.  and  Teachers  Insurance  and  Annuity 
Association of America dated August 6, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 8, 2018). 

10.9* 

  Form of Indemnification Agreement between Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and its officers 
and directors, adopted July 19, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to the registrant’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended September 30, 2002). 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.10* 

  Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.  Amended  and  Restated  2005  Long  Term  Incentive  Plan 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
June 3, 2013). 

10.11* 

  Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to 

the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 3, 2005). 

10.12* 

  Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the 

registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 3, 2005). 

10.13* 

  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to 

the registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013). 

10.14* 

  Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 2, 2015). 

10.15* 

  Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to 

the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 2, 2015). 

10.16* 

  Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the 

registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 2, 2015). 

10.17* 

  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to 

the registrant’s Form 8-K filed June 2, 2015). 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20* 

10.21* 

  Guarantee Agreement dated as of June 21, 2005, by  Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. for the 
benefit of the holders of trust preferred securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 27, 2005). 

  Guarantee Agreement dated as of August 23, 2007, by Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. for the 
benefit of the holders of trust preferred securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 24, 2007). 

  Letter agreement dated August 13, 2014, between Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and Naveen 
Anand (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed August 15, 2014). 

  Form of Confidentiality and Non-Solicitation Agreement dated May 29, 2015, between Hallmark 
Financial  Services,  Inc.  and  certain  employees  of  the  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.23 to the registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015). 

21+ 

  List of subsidiaries of the registrant. 

23 (a)+ 

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. 

31(a)+ 

  Certification of principal executive officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(b). 

31(b)+ 

  Certification of principal financial officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(b). 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32(a)+ 

  Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350. 

32(b)+ 

  Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350. 

101 INS+    XBRL Instance Document. 

101 SCH+   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. 

101 CAL+   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. 

101 LAB+   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. 

101 PRE+   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. 

101 DEF+   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. 

*     Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

+     Filed herewith. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 16. Form 10–K Summary. 

Not applicable. 

Exhibit 23(a) 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries 
Fort Worth, Texas 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-
140000), Form S-8 (No. 333-160050) and Form S-8 (No. 333-210078) of Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. of 
our  reports  dated  March  14,  2019,  relating  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  financial  statement 
schedules and the effectiveness of Hallmark Financial Services Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting, 
which appear in this Form 10-K. 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP 

Dallas, Texas 
March 14, 2019 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date:  March 14, 2019 

HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. 
(Registrant) 

By: /s/ Naveen Anand 
  Naveen Anand, Chief Executive Officer and 

President 

Date:  March 14, 2019 

By: /s/ Jeffrey R. Passmore 

Jeffrey R. Passmore, Chief Accounting Officer and 
Senior Vice President 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Date:  March 14, 2019 

Date:  March 14, 2019 

Date:  March 14, 2019 

Date:  March 14, 2019 

Date:  March 14, 2019 

Date:  March 14, 2019 

/s/ Naveen Anand 
Naveen Anand, Chief Executive Officer and 
President (Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Jeffrey R. Passmore 
Jeffrey R. Passmore, Chief Accounting Officer and 
Senior Vice President (Principal Financial Officer 
and Principal Accounting Officer) 

/s/ Mark E. Schwarz 
Mark E. Schwarz, Executive Chairman 

/s/ James H. Graves 
James H. Graves, Director 

/s/ Mark E. Pape 
Mark E. Pape, Director 

/s/ Scott T. Berlin 
Scott T. Berlin, Director 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Description 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2018 and 2017 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 
2018 and 2017  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 
2017  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Financial Statement Schedules 

Page 
Number 

F-2 
F-3 
F-4 

F-5 

F-6 
F-7 
F-8 
F-48 

F-1 

 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Stockholders and Board of Directors 
Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries 
Fort Worth, Texas 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Hallmark  Financial  Services, Inc.  and 
subsidiaries    (the  “Company”)    as  of  December 31,  2018  and  2017,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of 
operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended  and 
the related notes and financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index (collectively referred to as 
the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in 
all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of 
their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  the years  then  ended,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, 
based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (“COSO”)  and  our  report  dated  March 14,  2019 
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. 
We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to 
the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the 
Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan 
and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are 
free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. 

Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess the risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  consolidated 
financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such 
procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the 
consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated 
financial statements. We believe that our audits provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017. 

Dallas, Texas 
March 14, 2019 

F-2 

 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
December 31, 2018 and 2017 
($ in thousands) 

ASSETS 
Investments: 
Debt securities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost; $550,268 in 2018 
and $604,999 in 2017) 
Equity securities (cost; $68,709 in 2018 and $30,253 in 2017) 
Other investments (cost; $3,763 in 2018 and $3,763 in 2017) 
Total investments 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash 
Ceded unearned premiums 
Premiums receivable 
Accounts receivable 
Receivable for securities 
Reinsurance recoverable 
Deferred policy acquisition costs 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets, net 
Deferred federal income taxes, net 
Federal income tax recoverable 
Prepaid expenses 
Other assets 
Total assets 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Liabilities: 
Revolving credit facility payable 
Subordinated debt securities (less unamortized debt issuance cost of $898 in 2018 
and $949 in 2017) 
Reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses 
Unearned premiums 
Reinsurance balances payable 
Pension liability 
Payable for securities 
Federal income tax payable 
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses 
Total liabilities 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17) 
Stockholders’ equity: 
Common stock, $.18 par value, authorized 33,333,333 shares; issued 20,872,831 
shares in 2018 and 2017 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income 
Treasury stock (2,846,131 shares in 2018 and 2,703,803 in 2017), at cost 
Total stockholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

2018 

   2017 

  $ 

  $ 

 545,870   $         605,746 
             51,763 
               3,824 
           661,333 
             64,982 
               2,651 
           112,323 
           104,373 
               1,513 
               5,235 
           182,928 
             16,002 
             44,695 
             10,023 
               1,937 
               7,532 
               1,743 
             13,856 
 1,264,894   $      1,231,126 

 80,896  
 1,148  
 627,914  
 35,594  
 4,877  
 133,031  
 119,778  
 1,619  
 3,369  
 252,029  
 14,291  
 44,695  
 7,555  
 4,983  
 —  
 2,588  
 12,571  

  $ 

 30,000   $           30,000 

 55,804  
 527,247  
 298,061  
 67,328  
 2,018  
 698  
 4  
 28,202  
 1,009,362  

             55,753 
           527,100 
           276,642 
             52,487 
               1,605 
               7,488 
                  — 
             28,933 
           980,008 

 3,757  
 123,168  
 161,195  

               3,757 
           123,180 
           136,474 
 (6,660 )               12,234 
 (25,928 )              (24,527) 
           251,118 
 255,532  
 1,264,894   $      1,231,126 

  $ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements 

F-3 

 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
      
 
  
    
      
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
      
 
  
    
      
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017  
($ in thousands, except per share amounts) 

2018 

2017 

Gross premiums written 
Ceded premiums written 
Net premiums written 
Change in unearned premiums 
Net premiums earned 

Investment income, net of expenses 
Investment losses, net 
Finance charges 
Commission and fees 
Other income 

Total revenues 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses 
Operating expenses 
Interest expense 
Amortization of intangible assets 

Total expenses 

Income (loss) before tax 
Income tax expense (benefit)  
Net income (loss)  

Net income (loss) per share: 
Basic 
Diluted 

  $   663,015   $  604,156  
    (299,217 )      (238,573 ) 
 365,583  
 (4,546 ) 
 361,037  

 363,798  

 363,087  

 (711 )    

 18,232  
 (10,195 )    
 5,115  
 2,928  
 101  

 18,874  
 (205 ) 
 3,867  
 1,679  
 269  

 379,268  

 385,521  

 256,028  
 103,424  
 4,545  
 2,468  

 288,308  
 106,805  
 4,512  
 2,468  

 366,465  

 402,093  

 12,803  
 2,456  
 10,347   $ 

 (16,572 ) 
 (5,019 ) 
 (11,553 ) 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

 0.57   $ 
 0.57   $ 

 (0.63 ) 
 (0.63 ) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements 

F-4 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 
For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017  
($ In thousands) 

Net income (loss) 
Other comprehensive income (loss): 
Change in net actuarial (loss) gain  
Tax effect on change in net actuarial (loss) gain  
Unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during the period 
Tax effect on unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during the period 
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income 
Tax effect on reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income 
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax 
Comprehensive income (loss)  

2018 

2017 

  $   10,347   $  (11,553 ) 

 548  
 (576 )    
 (192 ) 
 121  
 9,117  
 (3,343 )    
 (3,191 ) 
 702  
 (6,799 ) 
 (1,803 )    
 2,380  
 379  
 (4,520 )    
 1,863  
 5,827   $   (9,690 ) 

  $ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements 

F-5 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017  
(In thousands) 

  Number  
of 

  Additional  
Paid-In 
      Shares       Par Value       Capital 

  Retained    Comprehensive   Treasury   
      Earnings        Income (loss)        Stock 

  Number  
of 

Total 
  Stockholders’ 

     Shares       Equity 

  Accumulated   
Other 

    20,873   $   3,757   $  123,166   $  148,027   $ 

 10,371   $  (19,585 )    2,261   $  265,736 

 —  

 —  

 —  
 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  
 —  

 —  

 —  

 149  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 (135 )    
 —  

    (11,553 )    

 —  

 (5,308 )  

 484  

       (5,308) 

 —  

 —  
 —  

 —   

 —  

           149 

 366   
 —   

 (41)  
 —  

           231 
     (11,553) 

 —  

 —  

 1,863  

 —   

 —  

        1,863 

    20,873   $   3,757   $  123,180   $  136,474   $ 

 12,234   $  (24,527 )    2,704   $  251,118 

 —  

 —  

 —  

 16,993  

 (16,993 )   

 —  

            — 

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  
 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  
 —  

 —  

 —  

 (2,619)  

 2,619  

 —  

            — 

 —  

 152  

 —  

 —  

 (164 )    
 —  

 —  
 10,347  

 —  

 (1,807 )  

 187  

       (1,807) 

 —  

 —  
 —  

 —   

 —  

           152 

 406   
 —   

 (45 )             242 
      10,347 
 —  

 —  

 —  

 (4,520 )    

 —   

 —  

       (4,520) 

    20,873   $   3,757   $  123,168   $  161,195   $ 

 (6,660 )  $  (25,928 ) 

 2,846   $  255,532 

Balance at  
January 1, 2017 
Acquisition of treasury 
stock 
Equity incentive plan 
activity 
Shares issued under 
employee benefit plans 
Net loss 
Other comprehensive 
income, net of tax 

Balance at  
December 31, 2017 

Cumulative effect of 
adoption of updated 
accounting guidance for 
equity financial 
instruments at  
January 1,2018 
Reclassification of certain 
tax effects from 
accumulated other 
comprehensive income at 
January 1,2018 
Acquisition of treasury 
stock 
Equity incentive plan 
activity 
Shares issued under 
employee benefit plans 
Net income 
Other comprehensive loss, 
net of tax 

Balance at 
December 31, 2018 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements 

F-6 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 
($ in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Net income (loss)  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash (used in) provided by 
operating activities: 
Depreciation and amortization expense 
Deferred federal income taxes 
Investment losses, net 
Share-based payments expense 
Change in ceded unearned premiums 
Change in premiums receivable 
Change in accounts receivable 
Change in deferred policy acquisition costs 
Change in unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses 
Change in unearned premiums 
Change in reinsurance recoverable 
Change in reinsurance balances payable 
Change in current federal income tax recoverable 
Change in all other liabilities 
Change in all other assets 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities 
Cash flows from investing activities: 
Purchases of property and equipment 
Purchases of investment securities 
Maturities, sales and redemptions of investment securities 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 
Cash flows from financing activities: 
Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Net cash used in financing activities 
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year 

2018 

2017 

 $ 

 10,347   $   (11,553)  

 5,141  
 (1,844 )    
 10,195  
 152  
 (20,708 )    
 (15,405 )    
 (106 )    
 1,711  
 147  
 21,419  
 (69,101 )    
 14,841  
 7,536  
 (267 )    
 3,007  
 (32,935 )    

 4,715  
 (1,575 ) 
 205  
 149  
 (30,841 ) 
 (14,658 ) 
 756  
 3,191  
 45,533  
 35,388  
 (35,107 ) 
 5,999  
 (3,581 ) 
 3,091  
 5,487  
 7,199  

 (2,101 )    

 (2,705 ) 
     (222,642 )      (305,930 ) 
 287,187  
 (21,448 ) 

 232,081  
 7,338  

 242  
 (1,807 )    
 (1,565 )    
 (27,162 )    
 67,633  
 40,471   $ 

 231  
 (5,308 ) 
 (5,077 ) 
 (19,326 ) 
 86,959  
 67,633  

 $ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements 

F-7 

 
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
 
     
 
  
  
 
  
   
    
  
    
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
    
  
    
   
   
  
   
  
   
    
  
    
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
1.  Accounting Policies: 

General 

Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. (“Hallmark” and, together with subsidiaries, the “Company”, “we,” “us” or 
“our”)  is  an  insurance  holding  company  engaged  in  the  sale  of  property/casualty  insurance  products  to 
businesses  and  individuals.  Our  business  involves  marketing,  distributing,  underwriting  and  servicing  our 
insurance products, as well as providing other insurance related services. 

We  market,  distribute,  underwrite  and  service  our  property/casualty  insurance  products  primarily  through 
subsidiaries  whose  operations  are  organized  into  product-specific  operating  units  that  are  supported  by  our 
insurance company subsidiaries. Our Contract Binding operating unit handles primarily commercial insurance 
products  and  services  and  is  comprised  of  Hallmark  Specialty  Underwriters, Inc.  (“HSU”),  Pan  American 
Acceptance  Corporation  (“PAAC”)  and  TGA  Special  Risk, Inc.  (“TGASRI”).  Our  Specialty  Commercial 
operating  unit  offers  (i) general  aviation  insurance  products  and  services,  (ii) low  and  middle  market 
commercial umbrella and excess liability insurance, (iii) medical and financial professional liability insurance 
products  and  services,  (iv) satellite  launch  insurance  products,  and  (v) primary/excess  commercial  property 
coverages for both catastrophe and non-catastrophe exposures. Certain specialty programs are also managed by 
our Specialty Commercial operating unit. Our Specialty Commercial operating unit is comprised of Aerospace 
Insurance  Managers, Inc.  (“Aerospace  Insurance  Managers”),  Aerospace  Special  Risk, Inc.  (“ASRI”), 
Aerospace  Claims  Management  Group, Inc.  (“ACMG”),  Heath  XS,  LLC  (“HXS”)  and  Hardscrabble  Data 
Solutions,  LLC  (“HDS”).  Our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  operating  unit  handles  commercial  insurance 
products and services and is comprised of American Hallmark Insurance Services, Inc. (“American Hallmark 
Insurance Services”) and Effective Claims Management, Inc. (“ECM”). Our Workers Compensation operating 
unit specializes in small and middle market workers compensation business and is comprised of TBIC Holding 
Corporation, Inc.  (“TBIC  Holding”),  Texas  Builders  Insurance  Company  (“TBIC”)  and  TBIC  Risk 
Management (“TBICRM”). Effective July 1, 2015, this operating unit ceased marketing or retaining any risk 
on new or renewal policies. Our Specialty Personal Lines operating unit handles personal insurance products 
and services and is comprised of American Hallmark General Agency, Inc. (“AHGA”) and Hallmark Claims 
Services, Inc.  (“HCS”).  Our  insurance  company  subsidiaries  supporting  these  operating  units  are  American 
Hallmark Insurance Company of Texas (“AHIC”), Hallmark Insurance Company (“HIC”), Hallmark Specialty 
Insurance  Company  (“HSIC”),  Hallmark  County  Mutual  Insurance  Company  (“HCM”),  Hallmark  National 
Insurance Company (“HNIC”) and TBIC. 

These operating units are segregated into three reportable industry segments for financial accounting purposes. 
The  Specialty  Commercial  Segment  includes  our  Contract  Binding  operating  unit  and  our  Specialty 
Commercial  operating  unit.  The  Standard  Commercial  Segment  includes  our  Standard  Commercial  P&C 
operating  unit  and  our  Workers  Compensation  operating  unit. The  Personal  Segment  consists  solely  of our 
Specialty Personal Lines operating unit. 

Basis of Presentation 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations of Hallmark and its 
subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The accompanying consolidated 
financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles 
(“GAAP”)  which,  as  to  our  insurance  company  subsidiaries,  differ  from  statutory  accounting  practices 
prescribed or permitted for insurance companies by insurance regulatory authorities. 

F-8 

 
Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements 

Our preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and 
our  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  periods.  Management  evaluates  its 
estimates  and  assumptions  on  an  ongoing  basis  using  historical  experience  and  other  factors,  including  the 
current  economic  environment,  which  management  believes  to  be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances.  We 
adjust  such  estimates  and  assumptions  when  facts  and  circumstances  dictate.  Since  future  events  and  their 
effects  cannot  be  determined  with  precision,  actual  results  could  differ  significantly  from  these  estimates. 
Changes in estimates resulting from continuing changes in the economic environment may be reflected in the 
financial statements in future periods. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

Fair value estimates are made at a point in time, based on relevant market data as well as the best information 
available about the financial instruments. Fair value estimates for financial instruments for which no or limited 
observable market data is available are based on judgments regarding current economic conditions, credit and 
interest rate risk. These estimates involve significant uncertainties and judgments and cannot be determined 
with  precision.  As  a  result,  such  calculated  fair  value  estimates  may  not  be  realizable  in  a  current  sale  or 
immediate settlement of the instrument. In addition, changes in the underlying assumptions used in the fair 
value measurement technique, including discount rate and estimates of future cash flows, could significantly 
affect these fair value estimates. 

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents:  The  carrying  amounts  reported  in  the  balance  sheet  for  these  instruments 
approximate their fair values. 

Restricted Cash: The carrying amount for restricted cash reported in the balance sheet approximates the fair 
value. 

Revolving Credit Facility Payable: Our revolving credit facility with Frost Bank had a carried value of $30.0 
million and a fair value of $30.2 million as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. This revolving 
credit facility would be included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy if it was reported at fair value. 

Subordinated  debt securities:  Our trust  preferred securities  are  reported  at  carry  value  of  $55.8  million  and 
$55.8 million, and had a fair value of $45.6 million and $43.7 million, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, 
respectively, and would be included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy if they were reported at fair value. 

For reinsurance balances, premiums receivable, federal income tax payable, other assets and other liabilities, 
the carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of such financial instruments. 

Investments 

Debt  securities  available  for  sale  are  reported  at  fair  value.  Unrealized  gains  and  losses  are  recorded  as  a 
component of stockholders’ equity, net of related tax effects. Debt securities that are determined to have other-
than-temporary impairment are recognized as a loss on investments in the consolidated statements of operations 
for  the  portion  that  is  related  to  credit  deterioration  with  the  remaining  portion  recognized  in  other 
comprehensive income. Debt security premiums and discounts are amortized into earnings using the effective 
interest  method.  Maturities  of  debt  securities  and  sales  of  equity  securities  are  recorded  in  receivable  for 

F-9 

 
securities until the cash is settled. Purchases of debt and equity securities are recorded in payable for securities 
until the cash is settled. 

Equity securities are reported at fair value.  On January 1, 2018, we adopted ASU 2016-01, “Recognition and 
Measurement  of  Financial  Assets  and  Financial  Liabilities”.    ASU  2016-01  requires  equity  securities to  be 
measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income.  As a result of the new standard, 
equity securities with readily determinable fair values are no longer required to be evaluated for other-than-
temporary impairment.  Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-01, unrealized gains and losses on equity securities 
were recorded as a component of stockholders’ equity, net of related tax effects. 

Other investments consists of an equity warrant which is reported at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are 
reported in the statement of operations as a component of net realized gains (losses). 

Realized investment gains and losses are recognized in operations on the first in-first out method. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

We  consider  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original  maturity  of  three months  or  less  to  be  cash 
equivalents. 

Restricted Cash 

Restricted cash represents amounts required to be set aside by a contractual agreement with a third-party insurer 
and amounts pledged for the benefit of various state insurance departments. 

Premiums Receivable 

Premiums receivable represent amounts due from policyholders or independent agents for premiums written 
and uncollected. These balances are carried at net realizable value. 

Reinsurance 

We are routinely involved in reinsurance transactions with other companies. Reinsurance premiums, losses and 
loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) are accounted for on bases consistent with those used in accounting for the 
original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contracts. (See Note 7.) 

Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs 

Policy acquisition costs (mainly commission, underwriting and marketing expenses) that are directly related to 
the successful acquisition of new and renewal insurance contracts are deferred and charged to operations over 
periods  in  which  the  related  premiums  are  earned.  The  method  followed  in  computing  deferred  policy 
acquisition costs limits the amount of such deferred costs to their estimated realizable value. In determining 
estimated  realizable  value,  the  computation  gives  effect  to  the  premium  to  be  earned,  expected  investment 
income, losses and LAE and certain other costs expected to be incurred as the premiums are earned. If the 
computation  results  in  an  estimated  net  realizable  value  less  than  zero,  a  liability  will  be  accrued  for  the 
premium deficiency. During 2018 and 2017, we deferred $35.7 million and $31.1 million of policy acquisition 
costs  and  amortized  $37.4  million  and  $34.3  million  of  deferred  policy  acquisition  costs,  respectively. 
Therefore, the net (amortization) deferrals of policy acquisition costs were ($1.7) million and ($3.2) million for 
2018 and 2017, respectively. 

F-10 

 
 
Business Combinations 

We  account  for  business  combinations  using  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  pursuant  to  Accounting 
Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  805,  “Business  Combinations.”  The  base  cash  purchase  price  plus  the 
estimated fair value of any non-cash or contingent consideration given for an acquired business is allocated to 
the assets acquired (including identified intangible assets) and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair 
values of such assets and liabilities. The excess of the fair value of the total consideration given for an acquired 
business over the aggregate net fair values assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded 
as goodwill. Contingent consideration is recognized as a liability at fair value as of the acquisition date with 
subsequent  fair  value  adjustments  recorded  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  The  valuation  of 
contingent consideration requires assumptions regarding anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, 
discount  rates  and  other  factors.  Significant  judgment  is  employed  in  determining  the  propriety  of  these 
assumptions  as  of  the  acquisition  date  and  for  each  subsequent  period.  Accordingly,  future  business  and 
economic  conditions,  as  well  as  changes  in  any  of  the  assumptions,  can  materially  impact  the  amount  of 
contingent  consideration  expense  we  record  in  any  given  period.  Indirect  and  general  expenses  related  to 
business combinations are expensed as incurred. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets, net 

We account for our goodwill and intangible assets according to ASC 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other.” 
Under ASC 350, intangible assets with a finite life are amortized over the estimated useful life of the asset. 
Goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite useful life are not amortized. Goodwill and intangible assets 
are tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. For goodwill, we may perform a qualitative test to determine 
whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis 
for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. The first step of 
the quantitative test is to identify if a potential impairment exists by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit 
with its carrying amount, including goodwill (“Step 1”). If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying 
value amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered to have a potential impairment and the second 
step is not necessary. However, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second 
step (“Step 2”) is performed to determine if goodwill is impaired and to measure the amount of impairment loss 
to recognize, if any. Step 2 compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. 
If the implied value of goodwill is less than the carrying amount of goodwill, it is written down to its fair value 
with a corresponding expense reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The implied goodwill is 
calculated  based  on  a  hypothetical  purchase  price  allocation,  similar  to  the  requirements  in  the  accounting 
guidance for business combinations, whereby the implied fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to the fair 
value of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. We have elected to perform our goodwill impairment 
test on the first day of the fourth quarter, October 1, of each year. 

Leases 

We have several leases, primarily for office facilities and computer equipment, which expire in various years 
through 2032. Some of these leases include rent escalation provisions throughout the term of the lease. We 
expense the average annual cost of the lease with the difference to the actual rent invoices recorded as deferred 
rent which is classified in accounts payable and other accrued expenses on our consolidated balance sheets. 

F-11 

 
Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment (including leasehold improvements), aggregating $27.0 million and $24.9 million, at 
December 31,  2018  and  2017,  respectively,  which  is  included  in  other  assets,  is  recorded  at  cost  and  is 
depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets (three to ten years) or 
the life of the lease, whichever is shorter. Depreciation expense for 2018 and 2017 was $2.7 million and $2.2 
million, respectively. Accumulated depreciation was $20.0 million and $17.3 million at December 31, 2018 
and 2017, respectively. 

Variable Interest Entities 

On June 21, 2005, we formed Hallmark Statutory Trust I (“Trust I”), an unconsolidated trust subsidiary, for the 
sole purpose of issuing $30.0 million in trust preferred securities. Trust I used the proceeds from the sale of 
these securities and our initial capital contribution to purchase $30.9 million of subordinated debt securities 
from Hallmark. The debt securities are the sole assets of Trust I, and the payments under the debt securities are 
the sole revenues of Trust I. 

On August 23, 2007, we formed Hallmark Statutory Trust II (“Trust II”), an unconsolidated trust subsidiary, 
for the sole purpose of issuing $25.0 million in trust preferred securities. Trust II used the proceeds from the 
sale  of  these  securities  and  our  initial  capital  contribution  to  purchase  $25.8  million  of  subordinated  debt 
securities from Hallmark. The debt securities are the sole assets of Trust II, and the payments under the debt 
securities are the sole revenues of Trust II. 

We evaluate on an ongoing basis our investments in Trust I and Trust II (collectively, the “Trusts”) and we do 
not have variable interests in the Trusts. Therefore, the Trusts are not consolidated in our consolidated financial 
statements. 

We are also involved in the normal course of business with variable interest entities primarily as a passive 
investor in mortgage-backed securities and certain collateralized corporate bank loans issued by third party 
variable interest entities. The maximum exposure to loss with respect to these investments is limited to the 
investment carrying values included in the consolidated balance sheets. 

Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses 

Losses and LAE represent the estimated ultimate net cost of all reported and unreported losses incurred through 
December 31, 2018 and 2017. The reserves for unpaid losses and LAE are estimated using individual case-
basis valuations and statistical analyses. These estimates are subject to the effects of trends in loss severity and 
frequency.  Although  considerable  variability  is  inherent  in  such  estimates,  we  believe  that  the  reserves  for 
unpaid  losses  and  LAE  are  adequate.  The  estimates  are  continually  reviewed  and  adjusted  as  experience 
develops or new information becomes known. Such adjustments are included in current operations. 

Recognition of Premium Revenues 

Insurance premiums are earned pro rata over the terms of the policies. Insurance policy fees are earned as of 
the effective date of the policy. Upon cancellation, any unearned premium is refunded to the insured. Insurance 
premiums written include gross policy fees of $6.5 million and $7.6 million for the years ended December 31, 
2018 and 2017, respectively. Insurance premiums on monthly reporting workers’ compensation policies are 
earned  on  the  conclusion  of  the monthly  coverage  period.  Deposit  premiums  for  workers’  compensation 
policies are earned upon the expiration of the policy. 

F-12 

 
Finance Charges 

We receive premium installment fees for each direct bill payment from policyholders. Installment fee income 
is  classified  as  finance  charges  on  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations  and  is  recognized  as  the  fee  is 
invoiced. 

Agent Commissions 

We  pay monthly  commissions  to  agents  based  on  written  premium  produced,  but  generally  recognize  the 
expense  pro rata  over the  term  of the policy.  If  the  policy  is cancelled  prior to its  expiration,  the  unearned 
portion of the agent commission is refundable to us. The unearned portion of commissions paid to agents is 
included in deferred policy acquisition costs. We annually pay a profit sharing commission to our independent 
agency force based upon the results of the business produced by each agent. We estimate and accrue this liability 
to commission expense in the year the business is produced. 

Commission expense is classified as operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. 

Income Taxes 

We  file  a  consolidated  federal  income  tax  return.  Deferred  federal  income  taxes  reflect  the  future  tax 
consequences of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts 
at each year end. Deferred taxes are recognized using the liability method, whereby tax rates are applied to 
cumulative temporary differences based on when and how they are expected to affect the tax return. Deferred 
tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  adjusted  for  tax  rate  changes  in  effect  for  the year  in  which  these  temporary 
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) was enacted. Among many changes resulting 
from TCJA, the new law (i) reduces the corporate tax rate to 21% effective January 1, 2018, (ii) eliminates the 
corporate alternative minimum tax for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, (iii) allows businesses to 
immediately  expense,  for  tax  purposes,  the  cost  of  new  investments  in  certain  qualified  depreciable  assets, 
(iv) modifies  the  computation  of  loss  reserve  discounting  for  tax  purposes,  (v) modifies  the  recognition  of 
income rules by requiring the recognition of income for certain items no later than the tax year in which an item 
is taken into account as income on an applicable financial statement and (vi) significantly modifies the United 
States international tax system. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 included a charge of $1.3 million 
from the revaluation of deferred tax balances from a 35% statutory tax rate to the new 21% statutory tax rate as 
a result of TCJA. 

Earnings Per Share 

The  computation  of  earnings  per  share  is  based  upon  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares 
outstanding during the period plus the effect of common shares potentially issuable (in periods in which they 
have a dilutive effect), primarily from stock options. (See Notes 11 and 13.) 

Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements 

On February 14, 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, “Income Statement- Reporting Comprehensive Income 
(Topic  220)”  providing  updated  guidance  that  allows  a  reclassification  of  the  stranded  tax  effects  in 
accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) resulting from the TCJA. Prior guidance required the effect 
of a change in tax laws or rates on deferred tax balances to be reported in income from continuing operations 

F-13 

 
in the accounting  period  that included  the  period of enactment, even  if the related  income  tax  effects  were 
originally charged or credited directly to AOCI. The amount of the reclassification would have included the 
effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate on the gross deferred tax amounts and related 
valuation  allowances, if  any,  at  the  date  of  the  enactment  of  TCJA  related  to  items  in  AOCI.  The  updated 
guidance was effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and is applied retrospectively 
to each period in which the effect of the TCJA related to items remaining in AOCI is recognized or at the 
beginning of the period of adoption. The Company adopted the updated guidance effective January 1, 2018. 
The reclassification of the stranded tax effects out of AOCI and into retained earnings was $2.6 million. The 
adoption did not affect the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or liquidity. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, “Clarifying the Definition of a Business (Topic 715)”. ASU 
2017-01 is intended to assist entities in evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions 
(or  disposals)  of  assets  or  businesses.  ASU  2017-01  is  effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  after 
December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those annual periods. The adoption of this standard did 
not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. 

In  January  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-01,  “Recognition  and  Measurement  of  Financial  Assets  and 
Financial Liabilities (Subtopic 825-10)”. ASU 2016-01 requires equity investments that are not consolidated or 
accounted for under the equity method of accounting to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value 
recognized in net income. ASU 2016-01 also requires us to assess the ability to realize our deferred tax assets 
(“DTAs”) related to an available-for-sale debt security in combination with our other DTAs. ASU 2016-01 was 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. 
The adoption of this guidance resulted in the recognition of $17.0 million of net after-tax unrealized gains on 
equity investments as a cumulative effect adjustment that increased retained earnings as of January 1, 2018 and 
decreased AOCI by the same amount. The Company reports changes in the fair value of equity investments in 
investment  gains  and  (losses)  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Operations.  At  December  31,  2017,  equity 
investments were classified as available-for-sale on the Company's balance sheet. However, upon adoption, the 
updated guidance eliminated the available-for-sale balance sheet classification for equity investments. 

 In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments 
(Topic 230)”. ASU 2016-15 will reduce diversity in practice on how eight specific cash receipts and payments 
are classified on the statement of cash flows. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 
15,  2017,  including  interim  periods  within  those  years.  Effective  January  1,  2018,  we  adopted  this  new 
guidance, which did not have a material impact on our financial results or disclosures. 

 In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash.” 
The purpose of ASU 2016-18 is to eliminate the diversity in classifying and presenting changes in restricted 
cash in the statement of cash flows. The new guidance requires restricted cash to be combined with cash and 
cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning and ending balances of cash on the statement of cash flows, 
thereby no longer requiring transactions such as transfers between restricted and unrestricted cash to be treated 
as a cash flow activity. Further, the new guidance requires the nature of the restrictions to be disclosed, as well 
as a reconciliation between the balance sheet and the statement of cash flows on how restricted and unrestricted 
cash are segregated. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and 
interim  periods  within  that  fiscal  year,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  Effective  January  1,  2018,  we 
retrospectively  adopted  this  new  guidance  which  did not  have  a  material impact  on  our financial results  or 
disclosures. 

 In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, guidance which revises the criteria for revenue recognition. 
Under the guidance, the transaction price is attributed to underlying performance obligations in the contract and 

F-14 

 
revenue  is  recognized  as  the  entity  satisfies  the  performance  obligations  and  transfers  control  of  a  good  or 
service to the customer. Incremental costs of obtaining a contract may be capitalized to the extent the entity 
expects  to  recover  those  costs.  Revenue  from  insurance  contracts  is  excluded  from  the  scope  of  this  new 
guidance. While insurance contracts are excluded from this guidance, policy fee income, billing and other fees 
and  fee  income  related  to  business  written  as  a  cover-holder  through  a  Lloyds  Syndicate  is  subject  to  this 
updated  guidance.  Effective January  1,  2018,  we  adopted  this  new  guidance  which  did  not have  a  material 
impact on our financial results or disclosures. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

In  March 2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-08,  “Premium  Amortization  on  Purchased  Callable  Securities 
(Subtopic  310-20)”.  ASU  2017-08  is  intended  to  enhance the  accounting  for  amortization of  premiums  for 
purchased callable debt securities. The guidance amends the amortization period for certain purchased callable 
debt securities held at a premium. Securities that contain explicit, noncontingent call features that are callable 
at fixed prices and on preset dates should shorten the amortization period for the premium to the earliest call 
date (and if the call option is not exercised, the effective yield is reset using the payment terms of the debt 
security).  The  standard  is  effective  for  fiscal years,  and  interim  periods  within  those years,  beginning  after 
December 15,  2018,  and  is  to  be  applied  on  a  modified  retrospective  basis  through  a  cumulative-effect 
adjustment directly to retained earnings. We have evaluated the impact of adopting  ASU 2017-08 and have 
determined that it will be immaterial to our financial results and disclosures. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (Topic 350)”. 
ASU 2017-04 requires only a one-step quantitative impairment test, whereby a goodwill impairment loss will 
be measured as the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value (not to exceed the total 
goodwill allocated to that reporting unit). It eliminates Step 2 of the current two-step goodwill impairment test, 
under which a goodwill impairment loss is measured by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s 
goodwill. The ASU is effective for annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning 
after December 15, 2019. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2017-04 will have 
on our financial results and disclosures. 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Topic 
326)”. ASU 2016-13 requires organizations to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments, 
including  receivables  and  available-for-sale  debt  securities,  by  introducing  an  approach  based  on  expected 
losses. The expected loss approach will require entities to incorporate considerations of historical information, 
current  information  and  reasonable  and  supportable  forecasts.  ASU  2016-13  is  effective  for  fiscal  years 
beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. ASU 2016-13 requires 
a modified retrospective transition method and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the 
impact that the adoption of this standard will have on our financial results and disclosures, but do not anticipate 
that any potential impact would be material. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)”. ASU 2016-02 requires organizations 
that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created 
by those leases. Additionally, ASU 2016-02 modifies current guidance for lessors' accounting. ASU 2016-02 
is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, with early adoption 
permitted.  During  2018, the  FASB issued several amendments  and targeted  improvements  to  ease  with the 
application of the standard, including the addition of a transition approach that gives the Company the option 
of applying the standard at either the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented or the beginning 
of the period of adoption. We plan to adopt the standard on its effective date of January 1, 2019. We will also 
elect certain practical expedients that allow us not to reassess existing leases under the new guidance. Based on 

F-15 

 
 
  
our analysis, the majority of the Company’s lease obligation pertain to office leases utilized in the operation of 
our businesses. We expect the primary impact of adoption to be the recognition of a right of use asset and a 
lease liability for operating leases representing approximately two percent of the Company’s total assets and 
total  liabilities,  respectively.  We  do  not  expect  the  standard  to  have  a  material  effect  on  our  reported 
consolidated results of operations, cash flows or required disclosures. 

2.  Investments: 

The  amortized  cost  and  estimated  fair  value  of  investments  in  debt  and  equity  securities  by  category  is  as 
follows (in thousands): 

      Gross 
  Unrealized   Unrealized  

      Gross 

     Amortized Cost       Gains 

      Losses 

     Fair Value 

 48,609   $ 

 243,314  
 131,779  
 112,574  
 13,992  
 550,268  
 68,709  
 3,763  
 622,740   $ 

 5   $ 

 (508)   $ 

 440  
 19  
 3,791  
 11  
 4,266  
 20,693  
 —  

 48,106 
 242,152 
 (1,602)  
 126,528 
 (5,270)  
 115,527 
 (838)  
 13,557 
 (446)  
 545,870 
 (8,664)  
 80,896 
 (8,506)  
 1,148 
 (2,615)  
 24,959   $   (19,785)   $   627,914 

 50,088   $ 

 278,611  
 125,536  
 134,052  
 16,712  
 604,999  
 30,253  
 3,763  
 639,015   $ 

 7   $ 

 1,204  
 702  
 709  
 37  
 2,659  
 23,014  
 61  
 25,734   $ 

 (148)   $ 
 (742)  
 (301)  
 (505)  
 (216)  
 (1,912)  
 (1,504)  
 —  

 49,947 
 279,073 
 125,937 
 134,256 
 16,533 
 605,746 
 51,763 
 3,824 
 (3,416)   $   661,333 

As of December 31, 2018 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. 
Government 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
Mortgage-backed 
Total debt securities 
Total equity securities 
Total other investments 
Total investments 

As of December 31, 2017 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. 
Government 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
Mortgage-backed 
Total debt securities 
Total equity securities 
Total other investments 
Total investments 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

F-16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
      
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
Major categories of net investment income are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
Mortgage-backed 
Equity securities 
Other investments 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Investment expenses 
Investment income, net of expenses 

  Twelve Months Ended December 31,  

2018 

2017 

  $ 

  $ 

 902  
 6,696  
 5,658  
 3,757  
 521  
 1,151  
 —  
 518  
 19,203  
 (971 ) 
 18,232  

$ 

$ 

 566  
 7,839  
 4,302  
 4,633  
 1,049  
 871  
 —  
 706  
 19,966  
 (1,092 ) 
 18,874  

No investments in any entity or its affiliates exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2018 or 
2017. 

Major categories of net investment gains (losses) on investments are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

  Twelve Months Ended December 31,  

2018 

2017 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
Mortgage-backed 
Equity securities 
Gain on investments 
Unrealized loss on other investments 
Other-than-temporary impairments 
Unrealized losses on equity investments 
Investment losses, net 

  $ 

  $ 

 —  
 (83 ) 
 90  
 1,435  
 2  
 359  
 1,803  
 (2,676 ) 
 —  
 (9,322 ) 
 (10,195 ) 

$ 

$ 

 —  
 (468 ) 
 79  
 195  
 (9 ) 
 7,002  
 6,799  
 (1,127 ) 
 (5,877 ) 
 — 
 (205 ) 

We realized gross gains on investments of $2.5 million and $8.0 million during the years ended December 31, 
2018 and 2017, respectively, of which $1.5 million and $7.2 million were from the sales of securities during 
the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We realized gross losses on investments of $0.7 
million and $1.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, of which none were 
from the sales of securities during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We recorded 
proceeds from the sale of investment securities of $17.7 million, and  $29.1 million during the years ended 
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Realized investment gains and losses are recognized in operations 
on the first in-first out method. 

F-17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
The following schedules summarize the gross unrealized losses showing the length of time that investments 
have been continuously in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 (in 
thousands): 

12 months or less 

As of December 31, 2018 
  Longer than 12 months  

Total 

     Unrealized       

     Unrealized       

     Unrealized 

     Fair Value       Losses 

     Fair Value       Losses 

     Fair Value       Losses 

U.S. Treasury securities 
and obligations of U.S. 
Government 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate 
bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
Mortgage-backed 
Total debt securities 
Total equity securities 
Total other investments   
Total investments 

  $ 

 18,902   $ 

 117,450  

 (181)   $ 
 (907)  

 28,201   $ 
 100,060  

 (327)   $ 
 (695)  

 47,103   $ 

 217,510  

 (508) 
 (1,602) 

 120,410  
 14,281  
 6,592  
 277,635  
 30,981  
 1,148  

 (4,938)  
 (96)  
 (60)  
 (6,182)  
 (3,699)  
 (2,615)  

  $   309,764   $   (12,496)   $ 

 4,931  
 25,891  
 5,986  
 165,069  
 4,475  
 —  
 169,544   $ 

 (332)  
 (742)  
 (386)  
 (2,482)  
 (4,807)  
 —  

 (5,270) 
 125,341  
 (838) 
 40,172  
 (446) 
 12,578  
 (8,664) 
 442,704  
 (8,506) 
 35,456  
 (2,615) 
 1,148  
 (7,289)   $   479,308   $   (19,785) 

12 months or less 

As of December 31, 2017 
  Longer than 12 months  

Total 

     Unrealized       

     Unrealized       

     Unrealized 

     Fair Value       Losses 

     Fair Value       Losses 

     Fair Value       Losses 

  $ 

 28,825   $ 

 176,061  

 (145)   $ 
 (736)  

 1,997   $ 
 2,378  

 (3)   $ 
 (6)  

 30,822   $ 

 178,439  

 (148) 
 (742) 

 30,008  
 35,200  
 6,419  
 276,513  
 8,375  
 —  

  $   284,888   $ 

 (280)  
 (370)  
 (127)  
 (1,658)  
 (1,504)  
 —  
 (3,162)   $ 

 2,517  
 8,917  
 1,415  
 17,224  
 —  
 —  
 17,224   $ 

 (21)  
 (135)  
 (89)  
 (254)  
 —  
 —  

 32,525  
 44,117  
 7,834  
 293,737  
 8,375  
 —  

 (254)   $   302,112   $ 

 (301) 
 (505) 
 (216) 
 (1,912) 
 (1,504) 
 — 
 (3,416) 

U.S. Treasury securities 
and obligations of U.S. 
Government 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate 
bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
Mortgage-backed 
Total debt securities 
Total equity securities 
Total other investments 
Total investments 

We held a total of 328 debt securities with an unrealized loss, of which 221 were in an unrealized loss position 
for less than one year and 107 were in an unrealized loss position for a period of one year or greater, as of 
December 31, 2018. We held a total of 224 debt securities with an unrealized loss, of which 199 were in an 
unrealized loss position for less than one year and 25 were in an unrealized loss position for a period of one 
year or greater, as of December 31, 2017. We held a total of 20 equity securities with an unrealized loss, of 
which 17 were in an unrealized loss position for less than one year and 3 were in an unrealized loss position for 
a period of one year or greater, as of December 31, 2018. We held a total of 4 equity securities with an unrealized 
loss, of  which  all  were  in an  unrealized  loss  position  for less than  one  year as of  December  31,  2017.  We 
consider these losses as a temporary decline in value as they are predominately on securities that we do not 

F-18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
intend to sell and do not believe we will be required to sell prior to recovery of our amortized cost basis. The 
gross unrealized losses on the debt security positions at December 31, 2018 were due predominately to normal 
market and interest rate fluctuations and we see no other indications that the decline in values of these securities 
is other-than-temporary. 

Based on evidence gathered through our normal credit evaluation process, we presently expect that all debt 
securities held in our investment portfolio will be paid in accordance with their contractual terms. Nonetheless, 
it is at least reasonably possible that the performance of certain issuers of these debt securities will be worse 
than currently expected resulting in future write-downs within our portfolio of debt securities. 

Also, as a result of the challenging market conditions, we expect the volatility in the valuation of our equity 
securities to continue in the foreseeable future. This volatility may lead to changes regarding retention strategies 
for certain equity securities. 

We complete a detailed analysis each quarter to assess whether any decline in the fair value of any debt security 
below  cost  is  deemed  other-than-temporary.  All  debt  securities  with  an  unrealized  loss  are  reviewed.  We 
recognize  an  impairment  loss  when  a  debt  security’s  value  declines  below  cost,  adjusted  for  accretion, 
amortization and previous other-than-temporary impairments and it is determined that the decline is other-than-
temporary. We did not recognize an impairment loss during 2018. We recognized other-than-temporary losses 
on our debt securities portfolio of $5.9 million during 2017, all related to credit losses on certain senior and 
subordinated municipal bonds concentrated in Puerto Rico.  The fair value of the impaired securities was $6.1 
million and $4.4 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  During 2018 we sold one security with 
a realized loss of $0.1 million and recognized a change in unrealized gain of $1.8 million on the remaining 
securities. 

Debt Investments: We assess whether we intend to sell, or it is more likely than not that we will be required to 
sell, a fixed maturity investment before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current period credit losses. 
For fixed maturity investments that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and that we do not intend 
to sell and will not be required to sell, we separate the amount of the impairment into the amount that is credit 
related (credit loss component) and the amount due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized 
in earnings and is the difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its 
expected future cash flows. The remaining difference between the investment’s fair value and the present value 
of future expected cash flows is recognized in other comprehensive income. 

Equity  Investments:  On  January  1,  2018,  we  adopted  ASU  2016-01,  “Recognition  and  Measurement  of 
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”.  ASU 2016-01 requires equity investments that are not consolidated 
or accounted for under the equity method of accounting to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value 
recognized in net income each reporting period.  As a result of the new standard, equity securities with readily 
determinable fair values are no longer required to be evaluated for other-than-temporary-impairment. 

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-01,some of the factors considered in evaluating whether a decline in fair 
value for an equity investment is other-than-temporary include: (1) our ability and intent to retain the investment 
for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in value; (2) the recoverability of cost; (3) the 
length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost; and (4) the financial condition and 
near-term and long-term prospects for the issuer, including the relevant industry conditions and trends, and 
implications of rating agency actions and offering prices. When it was determined that an equity investment 
was  other-than-temporarily  impaired,  the  security  was  written  down  to  fair  value,  and  the  amount  of  the 
impairment was included in earnings as a realized investment loss. The fair value then became the new cost 
basis  of  the  investment,  and  any  subsequent  recoveries  in  fair  value  were  recognized  at  disposition.  We 

F-19 

 
recognized a realized loss when impairment was deemed to be other-than-temporary even if a decision to sell 
an equity investment had not been made. If we decided to sell a temporarily impaired available-for-sale equity 
investment and we did not expect the fair value of the equity investment to fully recover prior to the expected 
time  of  sale,  the  investment  was  deemed  to  be  other-than-temporarily  impaired  in  the  period  in  which  the 
decision to sell was made. 

Details regarding the carrying value of the other invested assets portfolio as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 
were as follows: 

Investment Type 
Equity warrant 
Total other investments 

      2018 

      2017 

  $   1,148   $ 
  $   1,148   $ 

 3,824 
 3,824 

We acquired this equity warrant in an active market and it entitles us to buy the underlying common stock of a 
publicly traded company at a fixed exercise price until the expiration date of January 19, 2021. 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2018 by contractual maturity 
are as follows. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because certain borrowers may have 
the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties. 

Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 
Mortgage-backed 

  $ 

     Amortized Cost      Fair Value 
(in thousands) 
 119,771   $   120,127 
 284,947 
 284,992  
 102,047 
 105,656  
 25,192 
 25,857  
 13,557 
 13,992  
 550,268   $   545,870 

  $ 

We have certain of our securities pledged for the benefit of various state insurance departments and reinsurers. 
These securities are included with our available-for-sale debt securities because we have the ability to trade 
these securities. We retain the interest earned on these securities. These securities had a carrying value of $29.5 
million at December 31, 2018 and a carrying value of $26.2 million at December 31, 2017. 

3.  Fair Value: 

ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure 
requirements about fair value measurements. ASC 820, among other things, requires us to maximize the use of 
observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. In addition, ASC 
820  precludes  the  use  of  block  discounts  when  measuring  the  fair  value  of  instruments  traded  in  an  active 
market, which were previously applied to large holdings of publicly traded equity securities. 

We determine the fair value of our financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established in ASC 
820. In accordance with ASC 820, we utilize the following fair value hierarchy: 

•  Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets; 

F-20 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
•  Level 2: inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities 
in active markets, inputs of identical assets for less active markets, and inputs that are observable 
for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the instrument; 
and 

•  Level 3: inputs to the valuation methodology that are unobservable for the asset or liability. 

This hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. 

Under ASC 820, we determine fair value based on the price that would be received for an asset or paid to 
transfer  a liability  in  an  orderly transaction  between market  participants  on  the measurement  date.  It  is  our 
policy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing 
fair value measurements, in accordance with the fair value hierarchy described above. Fair value measurements 
for assets and liabilities where there exists limited or no observable market data are calculated based upon our 
pricing policy, the economic and competitive environment, the characteristics of the asset or liability and other 
factors as appropriate. These estimated fair values may not be realized upon actual sale or immediate settlement 
of the asset or liability. 

Where  quoted  prices  are  available  on  active  exchanges  for  identical  instruments,  investment  securities  are 
classified  within  Level  1  of  the  valuation  hierarchy.  Level  1  investment  securities  include  common  and 
preferred stock and the equity warrant classified as Other Investments. 

Level 2 investment securities include corporate bonds, collateralized corporate bank loans, municipal bonds, 
U.S. Treasury securities, other obligations of the U.S. Government and mortgage-backed securities for which 
quoted prices are not available on active exchanges for identical instruments. We use third party pricing services 
to determine fair values for each Level 2 investment security in all asset classes. Since quoted prices in active 
markets for identical assets are not available, these prices are determined using observable market information 
such as quotes from less active markets and/or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, among 
other things. We have reviewed the processes used by the pricing services and have determined that they result 
in fair values consistent with the requirements of ASC 820 for Level 2 investment securities. We have not 
adjusted any prices received from third party pricing services. There were no transfers between Level 1 and 
Level 2 securities. 

In cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, investment securities 
are  classified  within  Level  3  of  the  valuation  hierarchy.  Level  3  investments  are  valued  based  on  the  best 
available  data  in  order  to  approximate  fair  value.  This  data  may  be  internally  developed  and  consider  risk 
premiums that a market participant would require. Investment securities classified within Level 3 include other 
less liquid investment securities. 

F-21 

 
The following table presents for each of the fair value hierarchy levels, our assets that are measured at fair value 
on a recurring basis at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 (in thousands). 

As of December 31, 2018 

      Quoted Prices in        
  Active Markets for  

Identical Assets    Other Observable   Unobservable   

(Level 1) 

      Inputs (Level 2)       Inputs (Level 3)       Total 

U.S. Treasury securities 
and obligations of U.S. 
Government 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate 
bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
Mortgage-backed 
Total debt securities 
Total equity securities 
Total other investments   
Total investments 

  $ 

  $ 

 —   $ 
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 80,896  
 1,148  
 82,044   $ 

 48,106   $ 
 241,861  

 126,528  
 115,527  
 13,557  
 545,579  
 —  
 —  
 545,579   $ 

 —   $   48,106 
   242,152 
 291  

 —  
   126,528 
 —  
   115,527 
 —  
 13,557 
 291  
   545,870 
 —  
 80,896 
 1,148 
 —  
 291   $  627,914 

As of December 31, 2017 

      Quoted Prices in        
  Active Markets for  

Identical Assets    Other Observable   Unobservable   

(Level 1) 

      Inputs (Level 2)       Inputs (Level 3)       Total 

U.S. Treasury securities and 
obligations of U.S. Government    $ 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate bank 
loans 
Municipal bonds 
Mortgage-backed 
Total debt securities 
Total equity securities 
Total other investments 
Total investments 

  $ 

 —   $ 
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 51,142  
 3,824  
 54,966   $ 

 49,947   $ 
 278,760  

 125,937  
 131,433  
 16,533  
 602,610  
 —  
 —  
 602,610   $ 

 —   $   49,947 
   279,073 
 313  

 —  
 2,823  
 —  
 3,136  
 621  
 —  

   125,937 
   134,256 
 16,533 
   605,746 
 51,763 
 3,824 
 3,757   $  661,333 

Due to significant unobservable inputs into the valuation model for one corporate bond as of December 31, 
2018 and certain municipal bonds, one corporate bond and one equity security as of December 31, 2017, we 
classified these as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The corporate bond classified as level 3 in 2018 and 2017 
is a convertible senior note and its fair value was estimated by the sum of the bond value using an income 
approach  discounting  the  scheduled  interest  and  principal  payments  and  the  conversion  feature  utilizing  a 
binomial lattice model. We also estimated the fair value of the corporate bond utilizing an as-if converted basis 
into the underlying securities. In 2017, we used an income approach in order to derive an estimated fair value 

F-22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
      
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
      
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
of the municipal bonds classified as Level 3, which included inputs such as expected holding period, benchmark 
swap rate, benchmark discount rate and a discount rate premium for illiquidity. The equity security classified 
as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy in 2017 was an investment in a non-public entity. Given the size of this 
investment and since there was not an observable market for the security, we estimated its fair value as the fair 
value on the date we acquired the investment. Significant changes in the unobservable inputs in the fair value 
measurement of these securities could result in a significant change in the fair value measurement. 

The following table summarizes the changes in fair value for all financial assets measured at fair value on a 
recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the year ended December 31, 2018 and 
2017 (in thousands). 

Beginning balance as of January 1 
Sales 
Settlements 
Purchases 
Issuances 
Total realized/unrealized gains included in net income 
Net gain included in other comprehensive income 
Transfers into Level 3 
Transfers out of Level 3 
Ending balance as of December 31 

 —  

      2018        2017 
     $  3,757   $   5,945 
         — 
   (2,925 )        (579) 
       775 
         — 
       616 
         — 
         — 
 (621 )     (3,000) 
 291   $   3,757 

 —  
 —  
 80  
 —  
 —  

  $ 

The transfer out of Level 3 into Level 1 during 2018 was due to the conversion of a private equity holding to a 
preferred stock traded on a public exchange. The transfer out of Level 3 into Level 2 during 2017 was due to 
the successful auction of one auction rate municipal bond that previously had not had  a successful auction.  We 
account for transfers as they occur. 

4.  Acquisitions, Goodwill and Intangible Assets: 

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating unit or one level below an operating 
unit) on an annual basis (October 1) and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that 
would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. For purposes of 
evaluating goodwill for impairment, we have determined that our reporting units are the same as our operating 
units except for the Specialty Commercial operating unit for which reporting units are at the component level 
(“one level below”). Our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 includes goodwill of acquired 
businesses  of  $44.7  million  that  is  assigned  to  our  operating  units  as  follows:  Standard  Commercial  P&C 
operating unit - $2.1 million; Contract Binding operating unit - $19.9 million; Specialty Commercial operating 
unit- $17.4 million (comprised of $7.7 million for the primary/excess and umbrella component and $9.7 million 
for the general aviation and satellite component); and Specialty Personal Lines operating unit - $5.3 million. 
This amount has been recorded as a result of prior business acquisitions accounted for under the acquisition 
method of accounting. Under ASC 350, “Intangibles- Goodwill and Other,” goodwill is tested for impairment 
annually. We completed our last annual test for impairment on the first day of the fourth quarter of 2018 and 
determined that there was no impairment. 

The income approach to determining fair value computed the projections of the cash flows that the reporting 
unit  was  expected  to  generate  converted  into  a  present  value  equivalent  through  discounting.  Significant 
assumptions in the income approach model included income projections, discount rates and terminal growth 

F-23 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
values. The income projections reflected an improved premium rate environment across most of our lines of 
business  that  continued  throughout  2018.  The  income  projections  also  included  loss  and  LAE  assumptions 
which reflected recent historical claim trends and the movement towards a more favorable pricing environment. 
The income projections also included assumptions for expense growth and investment yields which were based 
on business plans for each of our operating units. The discount rate was based on a risk free rate plus a beta 
adjusted equity risk premium and specific company risk premium. The assumptions were based on historical 
experience (including factors such as prior year loss reserve development), expectations of future performance 
(including premium growth rates, premium rate increases and loss costs), expected market conditions and other 
factors  requiring  judgment  and  estimates.  While  we  believe  the  assumptions  used  in  these  models  were 
reasonable, the inherent uncertainty in predicting future performance and market conditions may change over 
time and influence the outcome of future testing. 

During  2018  and  2017,  we  completed  the  first  step  prescribed  by  ASC  350  for testing  for impairment  and 
determined that there was no impairment. 

We have obtained various intangible assets from several acquisitions. The table below details the gross and net 
carrying amounts of these assets by major category (in thousands): 

Gross Carrying Amount: 
Customer/agent relationships 
Tradename 
Management agreement 
Non-compete & employment agreements 
Insurance licenses 
Total gross carrying amount 

Accumulated Amortization: 
Customer/agent relationships 
)Tradename 
Management agreement 
Non-compete & employment agreements 
Total accumulated amortization 
Total net carrying amount 

December 31 

      2018 

      2017 

  $  32,177   $   32,177 
      3,440 
      3,232 
      4,235 
      1,300 
    44,384 

 3,440  
 3,232  
 4,235  
 1,300  
    44,384  

   (26,515 )     (24,276) 
 (2,847 )       (2,618) 
 (3,232 )       (3,232) 
 (4,235 )       (4,235) 
   (36,829 )     (34,361) 
 7,555   $   10,023 

  $ 

Insurance licenses are not amortized because they have an indefinite life. We amortize definite-lived intangible 
assets straight line over their respective lives. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for definite-lived 
intangible assets for the next five years is as follows (in thousands): 

2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 

     $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 2,467 
 2,467 
 503 
 501 
 317 

F-24 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
    
     
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
    
     
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
The weighted average amortization period for definite-lived intangible assets by major class is as follows: 

Tradename 
Customer/ agent relationships 
Management agreement 
Non-compete agreements 

      Years 

 15 
 15 
 4 
 5 

The aggregate weighted average period to amortize these assets is approximately 13 years. 

5.  Other Assets: 

The following table details our other assets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands): 

Profit sharing commission receivable 
Credit Facility B issuance costs 
Accrued investment income 
Investment in unconsolidated trust subsidiaries 
Fixed assets 
Other assets 

      2018 
  $ 

      2017 

 246   $ 
 106  
 4,175  
 1,702  
 6,154  
 188  

 252 
 122 
 4,859 
 1,702 
 6,726 
 195 

6.  Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses: 

Activity in the consolidated reserves for unpaid losses and LAE is summarized as follows (in thousands): 

  $  12,571   $  13,856 

Balance at January 1 
Less reinsurance recoverable 
Net balance at January 1 

Incurred related to: 
Current year 
Prior years 
Total incurred 

Paid related to: 
Current year 
Prior years 
Total paid 

Net balance at December 31 
Plus reinsurance recoverable 
Balance at December 31 

F-25 

2018 

2017 

  $  527,100   $  481,567  
    123,237  
    358,330  

    154,612  
    372,488  

    250,075  
 5,953  
    256,028  

    248,203  
 40,105  
    288,308  

 90,640  
    232,345  
    322,985  

 92,873  
    181,277  
    274,150  

    305,531  
    221,716  

    372,488  
    154,612  
  $  527,247   $  527,100  

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
The  $6.0  million  unfavorable  net  development  and  $40.1  million  unfavorable  net  development  in  prior 
accident years recognized in 2018 and 2017, respectively, represent changes in our loss reserve estimates. In 
2018 and 2017, the aggregate loss reserve estimates for prior years were increased to reflect unfavorable loss 
development when the available information indicated a reasonable likelihood that the ultimate losses would 
be more than the previous estimates. The unfavorable prior year reserve development during the twelve months 
ended  December 31,  2018  was  primarily  driven  by  the  continued  emergence  of  increased  frequency  and 
severity trends in our primary commercial auto lines of business within our Contract Binding operating unit, 
which  was  representative  of  industry  trends,  partially  offset  by  net  favorable  development  in  our  general 
liability lines within our Contract Binding and Standard Commercial P&C operating units. Generally, changes 
in  reserves  are  caused  by  variations  between  actual  experience  and  previous  expectations  and  by  reduced 
emphasis on the Bornhuetter-Ferguson method due to the aging of the accident years. 

The impact from the unfavorable (favorable) net prior years’ loss development on each reporting segment is 
presented below: 

Specialty Commercial Segment 
Standard Commercial Segment 
Personal Segment 
Corporate 
Total unfavorable net prior year development 

  December 31,  
      2017 

2018 

  $  16,457   $  40,477 
      (8,993 )        (970) 
      (1,511 )         598 
         — 
  $   5,953   $  40,105 

 —  

The  following  describes  the  primary  factors  behind  each  segment’s  prior  accident year  loss  reserve 
development for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017: 

Year ended December 31, 2018: 

•  Specialty Commercial Segment. Our Contract Binding operating unit experienced net unfavorable 
development in the 2016 and prior accident years primarily in the commercial auto liability line of 
business, partially offset by favorable development primarily in the commercial auto and general 
liability  lines  of  business  in  the  2017  accident  year.  Our  Specialty  Commercial  operating  unit 
experienced net unfavorable development in general aviation, commercial excess liability, satellite 
launch 
liability 
insurance  products,  primary/excess  commercial  property,  professional 
and specialty risk programs lines of business.  

•  Standard Commercial Segment. Our Standard Commercial P&C operating unit experienced net 
favorable development in the 2016 and prior accident years primarily in the general liability line 
of business, partially offset by net unfavorable development primarily in the commercial property 
line of business in the 2017 accident year and net unfavorable development in the 2017 and prior 
accident years in the occupational accident line of business. Our Workers Compensation operating 
unit experienced net favorable development in the 2016 and prior accident years.  

•  Personal  Segment.  Net  favorable  development  in  our  Specialty  Personal  Lines  operating  unit 
was mostly attributable to the 2013 through 2017 accident years, partially offset by unfavorable 
development in the 2012 and prior accident years.  

F-26 

 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2017: 

•  Specialty Commercial Segment. Our Contract Binding operating unit experienced net unfavorable 
development in the 2016 and prior accident years primarily driven by the continued emergence of 
increased frequency and severity trends in the commercial auto lines of business. Our Specialty 
Commercial operating unit experienced net unfavorable development in general aviation primarily 
in the 2016, 2013 and 2011 and prior accident years, commercial excess liability primarily in the 
2013  accident  year  and  specialty  risk  programs  primarily  in  the  2015  and  prior  accident  years, 
partially  offset  by  net  favorable  development  in  the  medical  professional  liability  and 
primary/excess commercial property lines of business primarily in the 2016 accident years. 

•  Standard Commercial Segment. Our Standard Commercial P&C operating unit experienced net 
favorable  development  primarily  in  the  general  liability  line  of  business  in  the  2016  and  prior 
accident years, partially offset by unfavorable development in the 2016 and prior accident years in 
the occupational accident line of business.  

•  Personal Segment.  Net unfavorable development in our Specialty Personal Lines operating unit 
was mostly attributable to the 2016, 2014, 2013 and 2010 and prior accident years, partially offset 
by favorable development in the 2015 and 2011 accident years. 

In  the  opinion  of  management,  our reserves  represent the  best estimate  of  our  ultimate liabilities,  based on 
currently known facts, current law, current technology and assumptions considered reasonable where facts are 
not known. Due to the significant uncertainties and related management judgments, there can be no assurance 
that future favorable or unfavorable loss development, which may be material, will not occur. 

Short-Duration Contract Disclosures 

ASU 2015-09, “Disclosures about Short-Duration Contracts (Topic 944)", requires insurers to make disclosures 
about their liability for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses for short-duration insurance contracts. 
These disclosures include tables showing incurred and paid claims development information (net of reinsurance 
and excluding unallocated loss adjustment expenses) which are disaggregated based on the characteristics of 
the insurance contracts that the insurer writes and other factors specific to the reporting entity. The information 
should be disclosed by accident year for the number of years claims typically remain outstanding, but need not 
be more than 10 years, including a reconciliation of the disaggregated information to the consolidated statement 
of  financial  position. We  have  evaluated  the  disaggregation  criteria  and  concluded  that  the  basis  for  our 
disaggregation  of  this  information  is  by  each  of  our  three  reportable  segments.  See  Note 10,  “Segment 
Information,” for additional information regarding our three reportable segments. 

Reserves for Incurred But Not Reported (“IBNR”) Claims 

Reserves for IBNR claims are based on the estimated ultimate cost of settling claims, including the effects of 
inflation and other social and economic factors, using past experience adjusted for current trends and any other 
factors that would modify past experience. We use a variety of statistical and actuarial techniques to analyze 
current claims costs, including frequency and severity data and prevailing economic, social and legal factors. 
Each  such  method  has  its  own  set  of  assumptions  and  outputs,  and  each  has  strengths  and  weaknesses  in 
different areas. Since no single estimation method is superior to another method in all situations, the methods 
and assumptions used to project loss reserves will vary by coverage and product. We use what we believe to be 
the most appropriate set of actuarial methods and assumptions for each product line grouping and coverage. 
While the loss projection methods may vary by product line and coverage, the general approach for calculating 

F-27 

 
 
 
 
IBNR  remains  the  same:  ultimate  losses  are  forecasted  first,  and  that  amount  is  reduced  by  the  amount  of 
cumulative paid claims and case reserves. Reserves established in prior years are adjusted as loss experience 
develops and new information becomes available. Adjustments to previously estimated reserves are reflected 
in the results of operations in the year in which they are made. 

As  described  above,  various  actuarial  methods  are  utilized  to  determine  the  reserves  for  losses  and  LAE 
recorded  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Weightings  of  methods  at  a  detailed  level  may  change  from 
evaluation to evaluation based on a number of observations, measures, and time elements. 

Methodology for Determining Cumulative Number of Reported Claims 

A claim file is created when the Company is notified of an actual demand for payment, notified of an event that 
may lead to a demand for payment or when it is determined that a demand for payment could possibly lead to 
a future demand for payment on another coverage on the same policy or on another policy. The cumulative 
number of reported claims is predominately measured at a coverage level by occurrence, with the exception of 
our  Specialty  Commercial  operating  unit  which  is  predominately  measured  at  the  claim  level.    Reported 
occurrences that do not result in a liability are included in reported claims. The Company does not generate 
claim counts for ceded business. 

Incurred & Paid Claims Development Disclosures 

The  following  tables  provide  information  about  incurred  and  cumulative  paid  losses  and  allocated  loss 
adjustment expenses (“ALAE”), net of reinsurance for our three reportable segments, our Specialty Commercial 
Segment,  our  Standard  Commercial  Segment  and  our  Personal  Segment.  The  incurred  and  paid  losses  by 
accident year information presented for all segments  in the below tables for calendar years prior to 2016 is 
required supplementary information and is unaudited. The following tables also include IBNR reserves plus 
expected development on reported claims and the cumulative number of reported claims as of December 31, 
2018 ($ in thousands): 

Specialty Commercial Segment 

Incurred Claims and Allocated Claim Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance 

Accident  
Year 

    2009 

    2010      2011      2012 

For the Years Ended December 31,  
Unaudited 
    2013 

    2015 

    2014 

    2016 

    2017 

2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 

 $  60,950   $  62,679   $  61,196   $   59,471   $   59,831   $   59,635   $   59,988   $   61,361   $   61,761   $ 
        74,187      78,089       75,695       77,593       78,003       77,972       77,631       78,253     
        88,679       87,558       91,059       90,713       89,737       87,793       87,833     
        106,371      111,253      111,841      115,709      116,320      117,925     
        140,546      135,114      137,230      143,983      150,177     
        144,996      133,464      138,842      144,728     
        147,304      146,610      162,616     
        151,494      157,836     
        170,622     

  As of December 31,  
  Cumulative 
  Number of 
  Reported 
IBNR    Claims 
2018 

    2018     
2018 
 —   
 62,509   $ 
 231   
 77,647     
 98   
 89,815     
 (172)   
 117,469     
 336   
 151,471     
 (800)   
 152,025     
 854   
 171,315     
 164,570       5,527   
 162,193      17,247   
 170,926      87,288   

 5,389 
 5,071 
 5,852 
 7,424 
 9,294 
 10,242 
 11,057 
 11,750 
 11,806 
 9,702 

Total   $  1,319,942     

F-28 

 
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
    
    
       
    
       
       
    
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
    
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
     
   
 
Cumulative Paid Claims and Allocated Claim Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

For the Years Ended December 31, 
Unaudited 

  $  21,259   $  34,411   $  45,757   $  53,135   $  56,791   $  57,641   $   59,149   $   60,785   $   61,202   $ 

    24,818  

    45,234  
    27,454  

    58,139  
    53,509  
    37,655  

    68,625  
    71,697  
    60,923  
    40,475  

    73,398  
    80,004  
    82,066  
    76,366  
    42,097  

 74,513  
 83,787  
 97,680  
   101,725  
 73,631  
 39,515  

 75,787  
 84,936  
   109,060  
   126,025  
 99,521  
 74,906  
 41,397  

Accident 
Year 

2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 

2017 

 76,906  
 85,845  
   113,909  
   139,759  
   123,649  
   125,514  
 84,616  
 45,477  

2018 
 61,397 
 77,075 
 87,200 
 116,607 
 148,706 
 146,290 
 159,707 
 143,685 
 109,220 
 42,359 
   Total   $  1,092,246 
 693 
 228,389 

All outstanding liabilities before 2009, net of reinsurance       
Liabilities for claims and claim adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance     $ 

Standard Commercial Segment 

    2012 

    2013 

    2011 

    2010 

Unaudited 

For the Years Ended December 31,  

Incurred Claims and Allocated Claim Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance 

  As of December 31,  
  Cumulative 
  Number of 
  Reported 
  IBNR    Claims 
    2018     
2018 
    2009 
 139   
  $  44,719   $  45,674   $  46,772   $  46,778   $  45,970   $  44,159   $  43,851   $  43,107   $  42,168   $   41,513   $ 
 146   
 42,427     
 478   
 45,244     
 736   
 41,421     
 49,039     
 596   
 54,125       1,990   
 47,277       1,873   
 46,348       1,900   
 43,169       8,000   
 42,898      16,384   

        45,263      45,235      44,847      43,164      43,459      42,426      42,175      42,880     
        60,236      56,489      55,156      49,268      47,266      47,423      46,841     
        51,998      52,554      48,222      45,990      44,272      42,986     
        55,482      57,528      56,703      53,174      52,076     
        55,488      55,808      53,568      53,882     
        49,571      49,857      50,053     
        46,880      48,182     
        41,393     

 2,644 
 2,920 
 3,583 
 3,228 
 3,924 
 3,571 
 3,181 
 2,822 
 2,556 
 2,165 

    2018 

    2015 

    2016 

    2017 

    2014 

Accident  
Year 

2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 

        Total   $  453,461     

Cumulative Paid Claims and Allocated Claim Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance 

For the Years Ended December 31, 
Unaudited 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

    21,302  

    28,342  
    24,899  

    30,957  
    35,119  
    23,445  

    33,428  
    38,909  
    32,203  
    23,123  

  $  15,242   $  28,313   $  32,075   $  35,818   $  38,316   $  40,389   $  40,575   $  40,629   $  40,835   $   40,991  
 42,063  
 43,794  
 40,646  
 47,853  
 48,395  
 43,287  
 38,778  
 28,984  
 19,233  
   Total   $  394,024  
 2,499    
Liabilities for claims and claim adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance     $   61,936    

    40,937  
    43,680  
    40,408  
    46,756  
    45,779  
    38,302  
    32,006  
    16,755  

    39,706  
    42,441  
    38,526  
    44,575  
    41,514  
    34,245  
    21,508  

    39,115  
    41,140  
    37,191  
    41,809  
    37,122  
    19,085  

All outstanding liabilities before 2009, net of reinsurance       

    37,166  
    40,301  
    34,789  
    36,411  
    24,255  

Accident 
Year 

2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 

F-29 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
 
  
    
  
 
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
    
    
       
    
       
       
    
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
    
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
     
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
 
  
    
  
 
Personal Segment 

Unaudited 

    2012      2013      2014 

For the Years Ended December 31, 

Incurred Claims and Allocated Claim Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance 

  As of December 31, 
  Cumulative 
  Number of 
  Reported 
  IBNR   Claims 
    2018     
2018 
    2009      2010      2011 
 —   
  $  40,436   $  42,092   $  46,244   $  47,977   $  48,930   $  49,694   $  49,772   $  49,891   $  49,971   $   50,005   $ 
 —   
 84,867     
 —   
 87,199     
 —   
 72,076     
 —   
 60,328     
 —   
 6,504     
 120   
 25,136     
 129   
 32,728     
 21,968     
 208   
 18,334      2,613   

        63,862      78,294      80,765      84,724      83,903      84,252      84,591      84,808     
        75,746      77,652      87,810      86,757      86,804      86,948      86,853     
        58,604      73,795      70,552      71,513      72,042      72,037     
        55,706      59,132      60,100      60,211      60,379     
         5,452       5,340       6,243       6,699     
        23,104      25,682      25,307     
        32,260      32,893     
        23,342     

 21,056 
 30,180 
 31,615 
 23,939 
 23,471 
 19,293 
 23,370 
 23,745 
 16,748 
 14,248 

    2016      2017 

    2018 

    2015 

Accident  
Year 

2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 

        Total   $  459,145     

Cumulative Paid Claims and Allocated Claim Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance 

For the Years Ended December 31, 
Unaudited 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

    38,643  

    67,755  
    46,416  

    75,199  
    67,939  
    37,860  

    82,624  
    83,497  
    64,278  
    45,901  

  $  23,306   $  37,621   $  44,689   $  47,967   $  49,287   $  49,539   $  49,704   $  49,853   $  49,957   $   49,992  
 84,768  
 86,989  
 72,094  
 60,297  
 6,566  
 25,243  
 32,260  
 21,061  
 11,137  
   Total   $  450,406  
 5  
 8,743    

    84,717  
    86,660  
    72,055  
    60,277  
 6,428  
    24,262  
    30,646  
    15,776  

Liabilities for claims and claim adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance     $ 

    84,556  
    86,593  
    71,995  
    59,775  
 5,631  
    22,281  
    21,669  

    84,111  
    86,217  
    70,807  
    58,047  
 4,418  
    11,570  

All outstanding liabilities before 2009, net of reinsurance  

    83,511  
    85,533  
    68,849  
    54,514  
 2,515  

Accident 
Year 

2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 

F-30 

 
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
    
    
       
    
       
       
    
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
    
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
     
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
 
 
  
    
  
 
The reconciliation of the net incurred and paid development tables to the liability for unpaid losses and LAE in 
our consolidated balance sheets is as follows (in thousands): 

Net outstanding liabilities for losses and LAE 

      2018 

      2017 

Specialty Commercial Segment 
Standard Commercial Segment  
Personal Segment  
Liabilities for unpaid losses and allocated loss adjustment 
expenses, net of reinsurance 

  $  228,389   $  275,436 
 78,119 
 11,505 

 61,936  
 8,743  

   299,068  

   365,060 

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and LAE 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Standard Commercial Segment  
Personal Segment  
Total reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and LAE 

   198,802  
 9,783  
 13,131  
   221,716  

   137,975 
 6,051 
 10,586 
   154,612 

Unallocated loss adjustment expenses 
 3,377 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
 3,153 
Standard Commercial Segment  
 898 
Personal Segment  
Total unallocated loss adjustment expenses 
 7,428 
Total reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses    $  527,247   $  527,100 

 2,550  
 2,958  
 955  
 6,463  

Claims Duration 

The  following  table  provides  supplementary  unaudited  information  about  the  annual percentage  payout  of 
incurred losses and ALAE, net of reinsurance, as of December 31, 2018: 

Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Claims by Age, Net of Reinsurance (1) 
Unaudited 
     Year 1      Year 2      Year 3      Year 4      Year 5      Year 6      Year 7      Year 8      Year 9      Year 10   

Specialty 
Commercial 
Segment 
Standard 
Commercial 
Segment  

Personal 
Segment  

 27.1 %   

 24.0 %   

 20.5 %   

 13.6 %   

 7.9 %   

 2.7 %   

 1.7 %   

 1.8 %   

 0.4 %   

 0.3 % 

 45.3 %   

 25.2 %   

 9.2 %   

 6.9 %   

 4.8 %   

 3.7 %   

 1.3 %   

 1.0 %   

 1.4 %   

 1.2 % 

 53.7 %   

 28.0 %   

 10.2 %   

 5.4 %   

 1.5 %   

 0.3 %   

 0.3 %   

 0.3 %   

 0.1 %   

 0.2 % 

(1)  The average annual percentage payout is calculated from a paid losses and ALAE development pattern 
based  on  an  actuarial  analysis  of  the  paid  losses  and  ALAE  movements  by  accident year  for  each 
disaggregation category. The paid losses and ALAE development pattern provides the expected percentage 
of ultimate losses and ALAE to be paid in each year. The pattern considers all accident years included in 
the claims development tables. 

F-31 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
    
  
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
7.  Reinsurance: 

We reinsure a portion of the risk we underwrite in order to control the exposure to losses and to protect capital 
resources. We cede to reinsurers a portion of these risks and pay premiums based upon the risk and exposure 
of the policies subject to such reinsurance. Ceded reinsurance involves credit risk and is generally subject to 
aggregate  loss  limits.  Although  the  reinsurer  is  liable  to  us  to  the  extent  of  the  reinsurance  ceded,  we  are 
ultimately  liable  as  the  direct  insurer  on  all  risks  reinsured.  Reinsurance  recoverables  are  reported  after 
allowances for uncollectible amounts. We monitor the financial condition of reinsurers on an ongoing basis and 
review our reinsurance arrangements periodically. Reinsurers are selected based on their financial condition, 
business  practices  and  the  price  of  their  product  offerings.  In  order  to  mitigate  credit  risk  to  reinsurance 
companies, most of our reinsurance recoverable balance as of December 31, 2018 was with reinsurers that had 
an A.M. Best rating of “A–” or better. We also mitigate our credit risk for the remaining reinsurance recoverable 
by obtaining letters of credit. 

The following table presents our gross and net premiums written and earned and reinsurance recoveries for the 
last two years (in thousands): 

Premium Written : 
Direct 
Assumed 
Ceded 

Premium Earned: 
Direct 
Assumed 
Ceded 

Reinsurance recoveries 

2018 

2017 

 2,717  

  $   660,298   $   601,780  
 2,376  
    (299,217 )      (238,573 ) 
  $   363,798   $   365,583  

 2,159  

  $   639,437   $   567,089  
 1,680  
    (278,509 )      (207,732 ) 
  $   363,087   $   361,037  

  $   199,690   $   144,948  

Included  in  reinsurance  recoverable  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  are  paid  loss  recoverables  of  $29.7 
million and $28.2 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

8.  Revolving Credit Facility and Notes Payable: 

Our Second Restated Credit Agreement with Frost Bank (“Frost”) dated June 30, 2015, as amended to date, 
provides a $15.0 million revolving credit facility (“Facility A”), with a $5.0 million letter of credit sub-facility. 
The outstanding balance of the Facility A bears interest at a rate equal to the prime rate or LIBOR plus 2.5%, at 
our election. We pay an annual fee of 0.25% of the average daily unused balance of Facility A and letter of 
credit fees at the rate of 1.00% per annum.  All principal and accrued interest on Facility A becomes due and 
payable on June 30, 2020. As of December 31, 2018, we had no outstanding borrowings under Facility A. 

 The  Second  Restated  Credit  Agreement  with  Frost  also  provides  a  $30.0  million  revolving  credit  facility 
(“Facility B”), in addition to Facility A. We may use Facility B loan proceeds solely for the purpose of making 
capital contributions to AHIC and HIC. We may borrow, repay and reborrow under Facility B until December 

F-32 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
     
     
     
  
 
     
 
     
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
17,  2019,  at  which  time  all  amounts  outstanding  under  Facility  B  are  converted  to  a  term  loan.  Through 
December 17, 2019, we pay Frost a quarterly fee of 0.25% per annum of the average daily unused balance of 
Facility B. Facility B bears interest at a rate equal to the prime rate or LIBOR plus 3.00%, at our election. Until 
December  17,  2019,  interest  only  on  amounts  from  time  to  time  outstanding  under  Facility  B  are  payable 
quarterly. Any amounts outstanding on Facility B as of December 17, 2019 are converted to a term loan payable 
in quarterly installments over five years based on a seven year amortization of principal plus accrued interest. 
All remaining principal and accrued interest on Facility B become due and payable on December 17, 2024. As 
of December 31, 2018, we had $30.0 million outstanding under Facility B. 

 The obligations under both Facility A and Facility B are secured by a security interest in the capital stock of 
AHIC  and  HIC.  Both  Facility  A  and  Facility  B  contain  covenants  that,  among  other  things,  require  us  to 
maintain certain financial and operating ratios and restrict certain distributions, transactions and organizational 
changes. We are in compliance with all of these covenants. 

9.  Subordinated Debt Securities: 

On June 21, 2005, we entered into a trust preferred securities transaction pursuant to which we issued $30.9 
million aggregate principal amount of subordinated debt securities due in 2035. To effect the transaction, we 
formed Hallmark Statutory Trust I (“Trust I”) as a Delaware statutory trust. Trust I issued $30.0 million of 
preferred securities to investors and $0.9 million of common securities to us. Trust I used the proceeds from 
these issuances to purchase the subordinated debt securities. The initial interest rate on our Trust I subordinated 
debt securities was 7.725% until June 15, 2015, after which interest adjusts quarterly to the three-month LIBOR 
rate plus 3.25 percentage points. Trust I pays dividends on its preferred securities at the same rate. Under the 
terms of our Trust I subordinated debt securities, we pay interest only each quarter and the principal of the note 
at maturity. The subordinated debt securities are uncollaterized and do not require maintenance of minimum 
financial covenants. As of December 31, 2018, the principal balance of our Trust I subordinated debt was $30.9 
million and the interest rate was 6.04% per annum. 

On August 23, 2007, we entered into a trust preferred securities transaction pursuant to which we issued $25.8 
million aggregate principal amount of subordinated debt securities due in 2037. To effect the transaction, we 
formed Hallmark Statutory Trust II (“Trust II”) as a Delaware statutory trust. Trust II issued $25.0 million of 
preferred securities to investors and $0.8 million of common securities to us. Trust II used the proceeds from 
these issuances to purchase the subordinated debt securities. Our Trust II subordinated debt securities bore an 
initial interest rate of 8.28% until September 15, 2017, after which interest adjusts quarterly to the three-month 
LIBOR rate plus 2.90 percentage points. Trust II pays dividends on its preferred securities at the same rate. 
Under the terms of our Trust II subordinated debt securities, we pay interest only each quarter and the principal 
of the note at maturity. The subordinated debt securities are uncollateralized and do not require maintenance of 
minimum financial covenants. As of December 31, 2018, the principal balance of our Trust II subordinated 
debt was $25.8 million and the interest rate was 5.69% per annum. 

10.  Segment Information: 

We pursue our business activities primarily through subsidiaries whose operations are organized into producing 
units and are supported by our insurance carrier subsidiaries. Our non-carrier insurance activities are organized 
by operating units into the following reportable segments: 

•  Specialty  Commercial  Segment.  Our  Specialty  Commercial  Segment  includes  the  excess  and 
surplus  lines  commercial  property/casualty  insurance  products  and  services  handled  by  our 

F-33 

 
 
 
Contract Binding operating unit and the general aviation, satellite launch, commercial umbrella 
and  primary/excess  liability,  medical  and  financial  professional  liability  and  primary/excess 
commercial  property  insurance  products  and  services  handled  by  our  Specialty  Commercial 
operating  unit.  Certain  specialty  programs  are  also  managed  by  our  Specialty  Commercial 
operating unit. Our Contract Binding operating unit is comprised of our HSU, PAAC and TGASRI 
subsidiaries. Our Specialty Commercial operating unit is comprised of our Aerospace Insurance 
Managers, ASRI, ACMG, HXS and HDS subsidiaries. 

•  Standard Commercial Segment. The Standard Commercial Segment includes the standard lines 
commercial property/casualty and occupational accident insurance products and services handled 
by our Standard Commercial P&C operating unit and the workers compensation insurance products 
handled by our Workers Compensation operating unit. Effective June 1, 2016, we ceased marketing 
new or renewal occupational accident policies. Effective July 1, 2015, the Workers Compensation 
operating  unit  ceased  retaining  any  risk  on  new  or renewal policies.  Our  Standard  Commercial 
P&C  operating  unit  is  comprised  of  our  American  Hallmark  Insurance  Services  and  ECM 
subsidiaries. Our Workers Compensation operating unit is comprised of our TBIC Holdings, TBIC 
and TBICRM subsidiaries. 

•  Personal  Segment.  Our  Personal  Segment  includes  the  non-standard  personal  automobile  and 
renters insurance products and services handled by our Specialty Personal Lines operating unit. 
Our Specialty Personal Lines operating unit is comprised of AHGA and HCS. 

The retained premium produced by these reportable segments is supported by our AHIC, HSIC, HIC, HNIC 
and TBIC insurance company subsidiaries. In addition, control and management of HCM is maintained through 
our wholly owned subsidiary, CYR Insurance Management Company (“CYR”). CYR has as its primary asset 
a management agreement with HCM which provides for CYR to have management and control of HCM. HCM 
is used to front certain lines of business in our Specialty Commercial and Personal Segments in Texas. HCM 
does not retain any business. 

AHIC, HIC, HSIC and HNIC have entered into a pooling arrangement, pursuant to which AHIC retains 34% 
of the net premiums written by any of them, HIC retains 32% of the net premiums written by any of them, 
HSIC retains 24% of the net premiums written by any of them and HNIC retains 10% of the net premiums 
written by any of them. Neither HCM nor TBIC is a party to the intercompany pooling arrangement. 

F-34 

 
The following is additional business segment information for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 and 
2017 (in thousands): 

2018 

2017 

  $   280,283   $   277,946  
 70,302  
 40,462  
 (3,189 ) 
  $   379,268   $   385,521  

 76,548  
 38,623  
 (16,186 )    

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 2,986   $ 
 390  
 1,312  
 453  
 5,141   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 4,545  
 4,545   $ 

 2,796  
 294  
 1,258  
 367  
 4,715  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 4,512  
 4,512  

 5,521   $ 
 2,511  
 587  
 (6,163 )    
 2,456   $ 

 (4,382 ) 
 3,849  
 (676 ) 
 (3,810 ) 
 (5,019 ) 

 28,780   $ 
 13,090  
 3,061  
 (32,128 )    
 12,803   $ 

 2,012  
 2,440  
 (3,058 ) 
 (17,966 ) 
 (16,572 ) 

Revenues 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Standard Commercial Segment 
Personal Segment 
Corporate 
Consolidated 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Standard Commercial Segment 
Personal Segment 
Corporate 
Consolidated 

Interest Expense 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Standard Commercial Segment 
Personal Segment 
Corporate 
Consolidated 

Tax Expense (Benefit)  
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Standard Commercial Segment 
Personal Segment 
Corporate 
Consolidated 

Pre-tax income (loss) 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Standard Commercial Segment 
Personal Segment 
Corporate 
Consolidated 

F-35 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
The following is additional business segment information as of the following dates (in thousands): 

December 31 

2018 

2017 

Assets: 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Standard Commercial Segment 
Personal Segment 
Corporate 
  Consolidated 

11.  Earnings Per Share: 

 $ 

 858,262   $ 
 158,881  
 226,431  
 21,320  

 810,133 
 162,152 
 232,441 
 26,400 
 $  1,264,894   $  1,231,126 

We have adopted the provisions of ASC 260, “Earnings Per Share,” requiring presentation of both basic and 
diluted earnings per share. A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted per 
share calculations is presented below (in thousands, except per share amounts): 

Numerator for both basic and diluted earnings per share: 
Net income (loss)  

Denominator, basic shares 
Effect of dilutive securities: 
Stock-based compensation awards 
Denominator, diluted shares 

Basic earnings per share: 

Diluted earnings per share: 

      2018 

      2017 

  $   10,347   $  (11,553 ) 

 18,086  

 18,343  

 115  
 18,201  

 —  
 18,343  

  $ 

 0.57   $ 

 (0.63 ) 

  $ 

 0.57   $ 

 (0.63 ) 

We had 32,164 and 406,731 shares of common stock potentially issuable upon exercise of employee stock 
options  for years  ended  December 31,  2018  and  2017,  respectively,  that  were  excluded  from  the  weighted 
average  number  of  shares outstanding  on  a  diluted  basis  because  the  effect  of such  options  would  be  anti-
dilutive. These instruments expire at varying times from 2019 to 2021. 

12.  Regulatory Capital Restrictions: 

Hallmark, as a holding company, is dependent on dividend payments and management fees from its subsidiaries 
to fund its operating expenses, debt obligations and capital needs, including the ability to pay dividends to its 
stockholders. Hallmark has never paid dividends on its common stock. Hallmark intends to continue this policy 
for the foreseeable future in order to retain earnings for development of its business. There are no regulatory or 
contractual restrictions on the ability of Hallmark to pay dividends other than customary default provisions and 
the impact of any dividend payment on financial ratio covenants in certain credit agreements. However, there 
are  restrictions  on  the  ability  of  Hallmark’s  insurance  carrier  subsidiaries  to  transfer  funds  to  the  holding 
company. The amount of retained earnings that is unrestricted for the payment of dividends by Hallmark to its 
shareholders was $59.7 million as of December 31, 2018. 

F-36 

 
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
     
  
       
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
     
  
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
AHIC  and  TBIC,  domiciled  in  Texas,  are  limited  in the  payment  of  dividends to  their  stockholders  in  any 
12-month period, without the prior written consent of the Texas Department of Insurance, to the greater of 
statutory net income for the prior calendar year or 10% of statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the prior year 
end. HIC and HNIC, both domiciled in Arizona, are limited in the payment of dividends to the lesser of 10% 
of prior year policyholders’ surplus or prior year’s net income, without prior written approval from the Arizona 
Department of Insurance. HSIC, domiciled in Oklahoma, is limited in the payment of dividends to the greater 
of 10% of prior year policyholders’ surplus or prior year’s statutory net income, not including realized capital 
gains,  without  prior  written  approval  from  the  Oklahoma  Insurance  Department.  For  all  our  insurance 
companies, dividends may only be paid from unassigned surplus funds. During 2019, the aggregate ordinary 
dividend capacity of these subsidiaries is $33.9 million, of which $22.9 million is available to Hallmark. As a 
county mutual, dividends from HCM are payable to policyholders. During the years ended December 31, 2018 
and 2017 our insurance company subsidiaries paid $5.5 million and $11.4 million, respectively, in dividends to 
Hallmark. The total restricted net assets of our insurance company subsidiaries as of December 31, 2018, was 
$195.9 million. 

The  state  insurance  departments  also regulate  financial transactions  between  our insurance subsidiaries  and 
their  affiliated  companies.  Applicable  regulations  require  approval  of  management  fees,  expense  sharing 
contracts and similar transactions. Our insurance subsidiaries did not pay management fees to Hallmark and 
our non-insurance company subsidiaries during 2018 and 2017. 

Statutory capital and surplus is calculated as statutory assets less statutory liabilities. The various state insurance 
departments  that  regulate  our  insurance  company  subsidiaries  require  us  to  maintain  a  minimum  statutory 
capital and surplus. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, our insurance company subsidiaries reported statutory 
capital and surplus of $247.0 million and $233.3 million, respectively, substantially greater than the minimum 
requirements for each state. For the years ended December 31, 2018,  and 2017, respectively, our insurance 
company subsidiaries reported statutory net income of $35.9 million and $1.9 million, respectively. 

The National Association of Insurance Commissioners requires property/casualty insurers to file a risk-based 
capital calculation according to a specified formula. The purpose of the formula is twofold: (1) to assess the 
adequacy of an insurer’s statutory capital and surplus based upon a variety of factors such as potential risks 
related to investment portfolio, ceded reinsurance and product mix; and (2) to assist state regulators under the 
RBC for Insurers Model Act by providing thresholds at which a state commissioner is authorized and expected 
to take regulatory action. As of December 31, 2018, the adjusted capital under the risk-based capital calculation 
of each of our insurance company subsidiaries substantially exceeded the minimum requirements. 

13.  Share-based Payment Arrangements: 

Our 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (“2005 LTIP”) is a stock compensation plan for key employees and non-
employee directors that was initially approved by the shareholders on May 26, 2005 and expired by its terms 
on May 27, 2015.  As of December 31, 2018, there were no outstanding incentive stock options and outstanding 
non-qualified stock options to purchase 244,157 shares of our common stock. The exercise price of all such 
outstanding stock options is equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. 

Our 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan (“2015 LTIP”) was approved by shareholders on May 29, 2015.  There 
are 2,000,000 shares authorized for issuance under the 2015 LTIP.  As of December 31, 2018, restricted stock 
units representing the right to receive up to 508,345 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the 
2015 LTIP.  There were no stock option awards granted under the 2015 LTIP as of December 31, 2018. 

F-37 

 
 
Stock Options: 

Incentive stock options granted under the 2005 LTIP prior to 2009 vested 10%, 20%, 30% and 40% on the first, 
second, third and fourth anniversary dates of the grant, respectively, and terminated five to ten years from the 
date of grant.  Incentive stock options granted in 2009 vest in equal annual increments on each of the first seven 
anniversary dates and terminate ten years from the date of grant.  Non-qualified stock options granted under 
the 2005 LTIP generally vest 100% six months after the date of grant and terminate ten years from the date of 
grant.  One grant of 200,000 non-qualified stock options in 2009 vests in equal annual increments on each of 
the first seven anniversary dates and terminates ten years from the date of grant.   

A summary of the status of our stock options as of December 31, 2018 and changes during the year then ended 
is presented below: 

      Average 
  Remaining   

Aggregate 

  Number of   Weighted Average   Contractual   Intrinsic Value 
      Shares 

      Exercise Price 

     Term (Years)      

($000) 

Outstanding at January 1, 2018 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 
Outstanding at December 31, 2018 
Exercisable at  December 31, 2018 

 406,731   $ 
 —  
 (36,500 )  $ 
 (126,074 )  $ 
 244,157   $ 
 244,157   $ 

 7.85   
 —   
 6.61   
 10.57   
 6.63   
 6.63   

 0.4   $ 
 0.4   $ 

 991 
 991 

The following table details the intrinsic value of options exercised, total cost of share-based payments charged 
against income before income tax benefit and the amount of related income tax benefit recognized in income 
for the periods indicated (in thousands): 

Intrinsic value of options exercised 
Cost of share-based payments (non-cash) 
Income tax benefit of share-based payments recognized in income 

2018 

2017 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 122   $ 
 —   $ 
 —   $ 

 163  
 —  
 —  

As of December 31, 2018, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options 
granted under our plans which is expected to be recognized in the future. 

The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option 
pricing model. Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of Hallmark’s and similar companies’ 
common  stock  for  a  period  equal  to  the  expected  term.  The  risk-free  interest  rates  for  periods  within  the 
contractual term of the options are based on rates for U.S. Treasury Notes with maturity dates corresponding to 
the options expected lives on the dates of grant. Expected term is determined based on the simplified method 
as we do not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a basis for estimating the expected term. There 
were no stock options granted during 2018 or 2017. 

Restricted Stock Units: 

Restricted stock units awarded under the 2015 LTIP represent the right to receive shares of common stock upon 
the satisfaction of vesting requirements, performance criteria and other terms and conditions.  Restricted stock 

F-38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
      
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
 
   
  
  
     
 
   
  
     
 
   
  
     
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
units vest and, if performance criteria have been satisfied, shares of common stock become issuable on March 
31 of the third calendar year following the year of grant.   

The performance criteria for all restricted stock units require that we achieve certain compound average annual 
growth rates in book value per share as well as certain average combined ratio percentages over the vesting 
period in order to receive shares of common stock in amounts ranging from 50% to 150% of the number of 
restricted stock units granted.  Grantees of restricted stock units do not have any rights of a stockholder, and do 
not participate in any distributions to our common stockholders, until the award fully vests upon satisfaction of 
the vesting schedule, performance criteria and other conditions set forth in their award agreement.  Therefore, 
unvested restricted stock units are not considered participating securities under ASC 260, “Earnings Per Share”.   

Compensation cost is measured as an amount equal to the fair value of the restricted stock units on the date of 
grant and is expensed over the vesting period if achievement of the performance criteria is deemed probable, 
with the amount of the expense recognized based on our best estimate of the ultimate achievement level.  The 
grant date fair value of restricted stock units granted in 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018 was $11.10, $11.41, $10.20 
and $10.87 per unit, respectively.  We incurred compensation expense of $152 thousand and $149 thousand 
related to restricted stock units during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. We recorded income tax 
benefit of $32 thousand and $52 thousand related to restricted stock units during the years ended December 31, 
2018 and 2017.   

The following table details the status of our restricted stock units as of and for the years ended December 31, 
2018 and 2017: 

Nonvested at January 1  
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Nonvested at December 31 

 Number of Restricted Stock Units 

2018 
 385,779   
 144,059   
 (8,198 )  
 (182,743 )  
 338,897   

2017 
 296,574   
 138,712   
 (5,998 ) 
 (43,509 )  
 385,779   

As  of  December 31,  2018,  there  was  $2.0  million  of  unrecognized  grant  date  compensation  cost  related  to 
unvested restricted stock units. Based on the current performance estimate, we expect to recognize $1.6 million 
of  compensation  cost  related  to  unvested  restricted  stock  units,  of  which  $0.7  million  is  expected  to  be 
recognized  in  2019,  $0.7  million  is  expected  to  be  recognized  in  2020  and  $0.2  million  is  expected  to  be 
recognized in 2021. 

14.  Retirement Plans: 

Certain  employees  of  the  Standard  Commercial  Segment  were  participants  in  a  defined  cash  balance  plan 
covering all full-time employees who had completed at least 1,000 hours of service. This plan was frozen in 
March 2001 in anticipation of distribution of plan assets to members upon plan termination. All participants 
were vested when the plan was frozen. 

F-39 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables provide detail of the changes in benefit obligations, components of benefit costs, weighted-
average  assumptions,  and  plan  assets  for  the  retirement  plan  as  of  and  for  the  twelve months  ending 
December 31, 2018 and 2017  (in thousands) using a measurement date of December 31. 

Assumptions (end of period): 
Discount rate used in determining benefit obligation 
Rate of compensation increase 

Reconciliation of funded status (end of period): 
Accumulated benefit obligation 

Projected benefit obligation 
Fair value of plan assets 
Funded status 

Net actuarial loss 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Prepaid pension cost 
Net amount recognized as of December 31 

Changes in projected benefit obligation: 
Benefit obligation as of beginning of period 
Interest cost 
Actuarial liability (gain)/loss 
Benefits paid 
Benefit obligation as of end of period 

Change in plan assets: 
Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of period 
Actual return on plan assets (net of expenses) 
Employer contributions 
Benefits paid 
Fair value of plan assets as of end of period 

Net periodic pension cost: 
Service cost - benefits earned during the period 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 
Expected return on plan assets 
Recognized actuarial loss 
Net periodic pension cost 

Discount rate 
Expected return on plan assets 
Rate of compensation increase 

F-40 

2018 

2017 

 4.05 %    
N/A   

 3.45 % 
N/A   

$   (11,687 ) 

$  (12,758 ) 

$   (11,687 ) 
 9,669  
 (2,018 ) 

$ 

$  (12,758 ) 
 11,153  
 (1,605 ) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 (4,130 ) 
 (4,130 ) 
 2,112  
 (2,018 ) 

 (3,554 ) 
 (3,554 ) 
 1,949  
 (1,605 ) 

$ 

 12,758  
 424  
 (628 ) 
 (867 ) 
 11,687  

$   12,618  
 471  
 554  
 (885 ) 
$   12,758  

 11,153  
 (617 ) 
 —  
 (867 ) 
 9,669  

$   10,415  
 1,623  
 —  
 (885 ) 
$   11,153  

 —  
 424  
 (694 ) 
 106  
 (164 ) 

$ 

$ 

 —  
 471  
 (646 ) 
 126  
 (49 ) 

 3.45 %     
 6.50 %     
N/A  

 3.88 % 
 6.50 % 
N/A  

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
     
     
     
  
 
     
 
     
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
Estimated future benefit payments by fiscal year (in thousands): 

2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024-2028 

     $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 881 
 870 
 875 
 861 
 843 
 3,941 

As of December 31, 2018, the fair value of the plan assets was composed of cash and cash equivalents of $0.3 
million, debt securities of $3.5 million and equity securities of $5.9 million. 

Our investment objectives are to preserve capital and to achieve long-term growth through a favorable rate of 
return  equal  to  or  greater  than  5%  over  the  long-term  (60  year)  average  inflation  rate  as  measured  by  the 
consumer price index. The objective of the equity portion of the portfolio is to achieve a return in excess of the 
Standard & Poor’s 500 index. The objective of the fixed income portion of the portfolio is to add stability, 
consistency, safety and total return to the total fund portfolio. 

We  prohibit  investments  in  options,  futures,  precious  metals,  short  sales  and  purchase  on  margin.  We  also 
restrict the investment in fixed income securities to “A” rated or better by Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s rating 
services and restrict investments in common stocks to only those that are listed and actively traded on one or 
more of the major United States stock exchanges, including NASDAQ. We manage to an asset allocation of 
45% to 75% in equity securities. An investment in any single stock issue is restricted to 5% of the total portfolio 
value and 90% of the securities held in mutual or commingled funds must meet the criteria for common stocks. 

To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption, we consider the historical returns and 
the  future  expectations  for  returns for each asset  class,  as  well  as  the  target  asset  allocation  of  the  pension 
portfolio. This resulted in the selection of the 6.5% long-term rate of return on assets assumption. The expected 
return on plan assets uses the fair market value as of December 31, 2018. To develop the discount rate used in 
determining the benefit obligation we used the Findley AA Pension Discount Curve at the measurement date 
to match the timing and amounts of projected future benefits.  A corridor approach is used to amortize actuarial 
gains and losses.  We are applying the 10% threshold set forth in ASC 715. In addition, since all accrued benefits 
under the plan are frozen, we are amortizing the unrecognized gains and losses outside of the corridor by the 
average life expectancy of the plan participants. 

We expect that we will not be required to make a contribution to the defined benefit cash balance plan during 
2019. We expect our 2019 net periodic pension cost to be zero, the components of which are interest cost of 
$454 thousand, expected return on plan assets of ($597) thousand and amortization of actuarial loss of $143 
thousand. 

F-41 

 
 
 
   
 
 
The following table shows the weighted-average asset allocation for the defined benefit cash balance plan held 
as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. 

Asset Category: 
Debt securities 
Equity securities 
Other 
Total 

  December 31    
     2018       2017   

 36 %   
 61 %   
 3 %   
 100 %   

 32 % 
 64 % 
 4 % 
 100 % 

We determine the fair value of our financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established in ASC 
820. (See Note 3.) 

The following table presents, for each of the fair value hierarchy levels, our plan assets that are measured at fair 
value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 (in thousands). 

As of December 31, 2018 

     Quoted Prices in Active      Other Observable       
  Markets for Identical   
Assets (Level 1) 

Inputs 
(Level 2) 

  Unobservable Inputs  
(Level 3) 

Debt securities 
Equity securities 
Total 

  $ 

  $ 

 —   $ 

 5,913  
 5,913   $ 

 3,468   $ 
 —  
 3,468   $ 

  Total 
 —   $  3,468 
 —  
   5,913 
 —   $  9,381 

As of December 31, 2017 

     Quoted Prices in Active       
  Markets for Identical    Other Observable   Unobservable Inputs  

Assets (Level 1) 

Inputs (Level 2)   

(Level 3) 

Total 

Debt securities 
Equity securities 
Total 

  $ 

  $ 

 —   $ 

 7,156  
 7,156   $ 

 3,586   $ 
 —  
 3,586   $ 

 —   $   3,586 
 7,156 
 —  
 —   $  10,742 

Our plan assets also include cash and cash equivalents of $0.3 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2018 
and 2017, respectively, that are carried at cost which approximates fair value. 

We  sponsor  a  defined  contribution  plan.  Under  this  plan,  employees  may  contribute  a  portion  of  their 
compensation on a tax-deferred basis, and we may contribute a discretionary amount each year. We contributed 
$0.2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. 

F-42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
      
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
15.  Income Taxes: 

The composition of deferred tax assets and liabilities and the related tax effects as of December 31, 2018 and 
2017, are as follows (in thousands): 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
Deferred policy acquisition costs 
)Net unrealized holding gain on investments 
Agency relationship 
Intangible assets 
Goodwill 
Bond amortization 
Fixed assets 
Other 
Total deferred tax liabilities 

Deferred tax assets: 
Unearned premiums 
Amortization of non-compete agreements 
Pension liability 
Net operating loss carry-forward 
Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense 
Rent reserve 
Bonus accrual 
Investment impairments 
Other 
Total deferred tax assets 

      2018 

      2017 

  $  (3,001 )  $    (3,361) 
    (1,087 )       (4,688) 
 (22 )            (28) 
    (2,179 )       (2,476) 
 (357 )          (357) 
 (72 )          (111) 
 (992 )          (860) 
 (279 )          (303) 
    (7,989 )     (12,184) 

 6,931  
 71  
 867  
 93  
 2,505  
 54  
 632  
 1,446  
 373  
   12,972  

      6,901 
         107 
         746 
         200 
      3,422 
         158 
         302 
      1,956 
         329 
    14,121 

Deferred federal income taxes, net 

  $   4,983   $     1,937 

We  concluded  that  no  valuation  allowance  was  necessary  to  provide  against  our  deferred  tax  assets  as  of 
December 31, 2018. 

F-43 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
     
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
    
     
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
A reconciliation of the income tax provisions based on the applicable statutory tax rates of 21% and 35% to the 
provisions reflected in the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, 
respectively, is as follows (in thousands): 

Computed expected income tax expense (benefit) at statutory tax rate 
Meals and entertainment 
Tax exempt interest 
Dividends received deduction 
State taxes (net of federal benefit) 
Tax law change 
True up bond amortization 
Other 
Income tax expense (benefit)  

      2018 
  $ 

      2017 

 2,689   $ 
 75  
 (435 ) 
 (94 ) 
 266  
 —  
 —  
 (45 ) 
 2,456   $ 

 (5,800 ) 
 81  
 (987 ) 
 (196 ) 
 165  
 1,276  
 464  
 (22 ) 
 (5,019 ) 

  $ 

Current income tax expense (benefit)  
Deferred tax benefit  
Income tax expense (benefit) 

  $ 

  $ 

 4,300   $ 
 (1,844 ) 
 2,456   $ 

 (3,444 ) 
 (1,575 ) 
 (5,019 ) 

We have available, for federal income tax purposes, unused net operating loss of $0.4 million at December 31, 
2018. The losses were acquired as part of the HIC and HCM acquisitions and may be used to offset future 
taxable  income.  Utilization  of  the  losses  is  limited  under  Internal  Revenue  Code  Section 382.  The  Internal 
Revenue  Code  provides  that  effective  with  tax years  beginning  September 1997,  the  carry-back  and  carry-
forward periods are 2 years and 20 years, respectively, with respect to newly generated operating losses. The 
net operating losses will expire if unused, as follows (in thousands): 

Year 
2022 
2028 
2029 
2031 
2032 
2033 
2034 
2035 
2036 
2037 
2038 

  $ 

  $ 

 — 
 2 
 25 
 45 
 77 
 73 
 59 
 33 
 50 
 29 
 49 
 442 

We are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities 
for years prior to 2015. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in 
income tax expense. There were no uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2018. 

F-44 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
   
      
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16.  Supplemental Cash Flow Information 

The  following  table  provides  a  reconciliation  of  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  restricted  cash  reported  in  the 
consolidated balance sheet to the total of the same such amounts shown in the statement of cash flows: 

  As of December 31, 
   2017 

2018 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash 
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the statement of cash flows  $ 

 $ 

 35,594  $  64,982 
 4,877   
 2,651 
 40,471  $  67,633 

Restricted cash represents amounts required to be set aside by a contractual agreement with a third-party insurer 
and amounts pledged for the benefit of various state insurance departments. 

The following table provides supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 
2017: 

Interest paid 

Income taxes (recovered) paid  
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing activities: 
Receivable for securities related to investment disposals  

Payable for securities related to investment purchases  

17.  Commitments and Contingencies: 

 December 31, 
   2017 
2018 

 $    4,842   $   4,506 

 $   (3,236)  $ 

 137 

 $    3,369   $   5,235 

 $       698   $   7,488 

We have several leases, primarily for office facilities and computer equipment, which expire in various years 
through 2032. Certain of these leases contain renewal options. Rental expense amounted to $3.1 million and 
$2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. 

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2018 are as follows 
(in thousands): 

Year 
2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 and thereafter  
Total minimum lease payments  

  $ 

  $ 

 2,269 
 2,491 
 2,172 
 2,171 
 1,885 
 15,266 
 26,254 

F-45 

 
 
  
 
    
 
 
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
    
 
 
 
  
 
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
     
   
   
    
    
    
    
    
 
From time to time, assessments are levied on us by the guaranty association of the states where we offer our 
insurance products. Such assessments are made primarily to cover the losses of policyholders of insolvent or 
rehabilitated  insurers.  Since  these  assessments  can  generally  be  recovered  through  a  reduction  in  future 
premium taxes paid, we capitalize the assessments that can be recovered as they are paid and amortize the 
capitalized balance against our premium tax expense. We did not pay an assessment during 2018.  During 2017 
we paid $36 thousand in assessments. 

We  are  engaged  in  various  legal  proceedings  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  none  of  which,  either 
individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  are  believed  likely  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  consolidated 
financial  position  or results  of  operations, in  the  opinion  of  management.  The various legal  proceedings  to 
which we are a party are routine in nature and incidental to our business. 

18.  Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Balances: 

The changes in accumulated other comprehensive income balances as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as 
follows (in thousands): 

Pension    Unrealized   
      Liability       Gains (Loss)      
  $ 

 (2,666 )  $ 

     Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

 13,037   $                   10,371 

 548  
 (192 )    
 —  
 —  
 —  

                          548 
 —  
                         (192) 
 —  
 9,117  
                       9,117 
 (3,191 )                        (3,191) 
 (6,799 )                        (6,799) 

 —  
 356  

 2,380  
 1,507  

                       2,380 
                       1,863 

 (2,310 )  $ 

 14,544   $                   12,234 

 (576 )    
 121  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  

                         (576) 
                          121 
 (3,343 )                        (3,343) 
                          702 
 (1,803 )                        (1,803) 

 702  

 —  
 (455 )    

 379  

                          379 
 (4,065 )                        (4,520) 

 (569 )   

 3,188  

                    2,619 

 —  
 (3,334 )  $ 

 (16,993 )   

                 (16,993) 
 (3,326 )  $                    (6,660) 

Balance at January 1, 2017 
Other comprehensive income: 
Change in net actuarial gain 
Tax effect on change in net actuarial gain 
Unrealized holding gains arising during the period 
Tax effect on unrealized gains arising during the period 
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net realized gains   
Tax effect on reclassification adjustment for gains included in 
income tax expense 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax 

  $ 

Balance at December 31, 2017 
Other comprehensive income: 
Change in net actuarial gain 
Tax effect on change in net actuarial gain 
Unrealized holding losses arising during the period 
Tax effect on unrealized losses arising during the period 
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net realized gains   
Tax effect on reclassification adjustment for gains included in 
income tax expense 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax 
Reclassification of certain tax effects from accumulated other 
comprehensive income at January 1, 2018 
Cumulative effect of adoption of updated accounting guidance for 
equity financial instruments at January 1, 2018 
Balance at December 31, 2018 

  $ 

F-46 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
     
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
      
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
      
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19.  Concentrations of Credit Risk: 

We maintain cash and cash equivalents in accounts with four financial institutions in excess of the amount 
insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation.  We  monitor  the  financial  stability  of  the  depository 
institutions regularly and do not believe excessive risk of depository institution failure existed at December 31, 
2018. 

We are also subject to credit risk with respect to reinsurers to whom we have ceded underwriting risk. Although 
a reinsurer is liable for losses to the extent of the coverage it assumes, we remain obligated to our policyholders 
in  the event  that  the  reinsurers  do  not  meet  their  obligations  under the  reinsurance  agreements.  In  order  to 
mitigate credit risk to reinsurance companies, we monitor the financial condition of reinsurers on an ongoing 
basis and review our reinsurance arrangements periodically. Most of our reinsurance recoverable balances as 
of December 31, 2018 were with reinsurers that had an A.M. Best rating of “A-” or better. We also mitigate 
our credit risk for the remaining reinsurance recoverable by obtaining letters of credit. 

F-47 

 
 
 
 
Schedule II – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only) 

HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. 
BALANCE SHEETS 
December 31, 2018 and 2017 
(In thousands) 

2018 

2017 

ASSETS 
Debt securities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost; $150 in 2018 and 
$150 in 2017) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Investment in subsidiaries 
Deferred federal income taxes 
Federal income tax recoverable 
Other assets 
Total assets 

  $ 

 10,159  
      344,904  
 442  
 6,133  
 3,784  

 786   $         150 
      12,194 
    344,496 
           493 
        3,914 
        3,571 
  $  366,208   $  364,818 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Liabilities: 
Revolving credit facility payable 
Subordinated debt securities (less unamortized debt issuance cost of $898 in 2018 
and $949 in 2017) 
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses 
Total liabilities 

  $   30,000   $    30,000 

 55,804  
 24,872  
      110,676  

      55,753 
      27,947 
    113,700 

Stockholders’ equity: 
Common stock, $.18 par value, authorized 33,333,333 shares; issued 20,872,831 
shares in 2018 and in 2017 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 

 3,757  
      123,168  
      161,195  
 (6,660 ) 

        3,757 
    123,180 
    136,474 
      12,234 

Treasury stock (2,846,131 shares in 2018 and  2,703,803 in 2017), at cost 

      (25,928 ) 

(24,527) 

Total stockholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

    251,118 
      255,532  
  $  366,208   $  364,818 

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm. 

F-48 

 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
     
   
     
 
   
    
    
    
    
 
   
  
   
    
    
      
    
    
      
    
    
 
   
  
   
    
    
      
    
    
  
                      
 
   
  
   
 
 
 
Schedule II (Continued) – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only) 

HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. 
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017  
(In thousands) 

Investment income, net of expenses 
Dividend income from subsidiaries 
Net realized losses 
Management fee income 
Total revenues 

Operating expenses 
Interest expense 

Total expenses 

Income before equity in undistributed earnings (loss) of subsidiaries and income 
tax benefit 

Income tax benefit 

Income before equity in undistributed earnings (loss) of subsidiaries 
Equity in undistributed share of earnings (loss) in subsidiaries 

Net income (loss)  

Comprehensive income (loss)  

      2018 
  $ 

 290   $ 

      2017 

 5,525  
 —  
 14,736  
 20,551  

 210  
 11,375  
 (759 ) 
 11,896  
 22,722  

 11,395  
 4,545  

 10,265  
 4,512  

 15,940  

 14,777  

 4,611  

 7,945  

 (306 ) 

 (947 ) 

 4,917  
 5,430  

 8,892  
    (20,445 ) 

  $   10,347   $  (11,553 ) 

  $ 

 5,827   $ 

 (9,690 ) 

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm. 

F-49 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Schedule II (Continued) – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only) 

HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017  
(In thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Net income (loss) 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash (used in) provided by 
operating activities: 
Depreciation and amortization expense 
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)  
Net realized losses 
Undistributed share of (earnings) loss of subsidiaries 
Change in current federal income tax recoverable  
Change in all other liabilities 
Change in all other assets 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
Purchases of property and equipment 
Purchase of investment securities 
Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Net cash used in financing activities 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Supplemental cash flow information: 
Interest paid 

Income taxes paid  

      2018 

      2017 

  $   10,347   $  (11,553 ) 

 377  
 51  
 —  
 (5,430 )    
 (2,219 )    
 (3,075 )    
 (466 )    
 (415 )    

 367  
 (160 ) 
 759  
 20,445  
 (1,158 ) 
 306  
 632  
 9,638  

 (55 )    
 —  
 (55 )    

 (97 ) 
 (1,304 ) 
 (1,401 ) 

 242  
 (1,807 )    
 (1,565 )    

 231  
 (5,308 ) 
 (5,077 ) 

 (2,035 )    
 12,194  

 3,160  
 9,034  
  $   10,159   $   12,194  

  $ 

 4,842   $ 

 4,506  

  $ 

 1,996   $ 

 372  

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm. 

F-50 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
     
  
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

Schedule III - Supplementary Insurance Information 

(In thousands) 

Column A 

    Column B     Column C    Column D     Column E    Column F    Column G    Column H     Column I 

    Column J    Column K 

Future 
Policy 
  Benefits,     
Losses, 

  Deferred    Claims, and    

Policy 

Loss 

Other 
Policy 
  Claims and    

Net 

  Benefits,    Amortization    
  Claims,    of Deferred     
  Losses and  

Policy 

  Other 

Net 

Segment 
2018 

Specialty Commercial 
Segment 
Standard Commercial 
Segment 
Personal Segment 
Corporate 

  Acquisition   Adjustment   Unearned   Benefits    Premium   Investment   Settlement   Acquisition    Operating   Premiums 
  Expenses   Written 

  Expenses    Premiums   Payable    Revenue  

  Expenses   

Income 

Costs 

Costs 

  $ 

 5,637   $   429,741   $ 

234,563   $ 

 —   $ 

258,186   $   19,302   $ 

194,268   $ 

 21,133   $   52,071   $ 

251,731 

 5,212     
 3,442     
 —     

 74,677     
 22,829     
 —     

 40,813     
 22,685     
 —     

 —       72,321     
 —       32,580     
 —     
 —     

 3,736     
 1,185     
 (5,991 )   

 39,396     
 22,364     
 —     

 13,415       22,825     
 2,888       15,420     
 —       11,396     

 69,222 
 42,845 
 — 

Consolidated 

  $ 

 14,291   $   527,247   $ 

298,061   $ 

 —   $ 

363,087   $   18,232   $ 

256,028   $ 

 37,436   $ 

101,712   $ 

363,798 

2017 

Specialty Commercial 
Segment 
Standard Commercial 
Segment 
Personal Segment 
Corporate 

  $ 

 8,668   $   416,788   $ 

224,903   $ 

 —   $ 

259,086   $   16,809   $ 

213,050   $ 

 21,600   $   57,458   $ 

265,022 

 6,421     
 913     
 —     

 87,323     
 22,989     
 —     

 37,574     
 14,165     
 —     

 —       66,218     
 —       35,733     
 —     
 —     

 3,855     
 1,194     
 (2,984 )   

 45,227     
 30,031     
 —     

 10,890       23,180     
 1,775       12,712     
 —       10,265     

 69,288 
 31,273 
 — 

Consolidated 

  $ 

 16,002   $   527,100   $ 

276,642   $ 

 —   $ 

361,037   $   18,874   $ 

288,308   $ 

 34,265   $ 

103,615   $ 

365,583 

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm. 

F-51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
      
       
       
      
       
       
       
       
   
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

Schedule IV – Reinsurance 

(In thousands) 

Column B    
  Gross Amount  

Column C  
Ceded to  

Column D  

  Column E   

Column F 

Assumed from    Net Amount   Percentage of Amount   

  Other Companies   Other Companies  

Assumed to Net 

Year Ended 
December 31, 2018       

Life insurance in 
force 

  $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   

Premiums 
Life insurance 
Accident and health 
insurance 
Property and liability 
insurance 
Title Insurance 
Total premiums 

  $ 

  $ 

Year Ended 
December 31, 2017   
Life insurance in 
force 

  $ 

Premiums 
Life insurance 
Accident and health 
insurance 
Property and liability 
insurance 
Title Insurance 
Total premiums 

  $ 

  $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —   

 —   

 639,437  
 —  
 639,437   $ 

 (278,509 )    

 —  

 (278,509 )  $ 

 2,159  
 —  

    363,087   
 —   
 2,159   $  363,087   

 0.59 % 

 0.59 % 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —   

 —   

 567,089  
 —  
 567,089   $ 

 (207,732 )    

 —  

 (207,732 )  $ 

 1,680  
 —  

    361,037   
 —   
 1,680   $  361,037   

 0.47 % 

 0.47 % 

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm. 

F-52 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
        
     
 
     
 
     
 
  
    
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
     
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
     
  
    
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
     
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

Schedule VI - Supplemental Information Concerning Property-Casualty Insurance Operations 

(In thousands) 

Column A 

  Column B   Column C    Column D    Column E   Column F   Column G  

Column H 

Column I 

  Column J    Column K 

  Reserves for    
  Unpaid 

  Deferred    Claims and   Discount if    
Claim 

Policy 

any, 

Claims and Claim 

  Adjustment Expenses    Amortization of   Paid Claims    
  Deferred Policy   and Claims   

Incurred Related to 

Net 

Net 

Affiliation With   Acquisition   Adjustment   Deducted In   Unearned   Earned    Investment   (1) Current  

(2) Prior    Acquisitions 

    Costs 

    Expenses      Column C     Premiums    Premiums     Income 

Year 

    Years 

Costs 

  Adjustment   Premiums 
    Written 
    Expenses 

Registrant 
(a) Consolidated 
property-casualty 
Entities 
2018 
2017 

  $ 
  $ 

 14,291   $ 
 16,002   $ 

 527,247   $ 
 527,100   $ 

 —   $   298,061   $   363,087   $ 
 —   $   276,642   $   361,037   $ 

 18,232   $ 
 18,874   $ 

 250,075   $ 
 248,203   $ 

 5,953   $ 
 40,105   $ 

 37,436   $ 
 34,265   $ 

 322,985   $   363,798 
 274,150   $   365,583 

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm.  

F-53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
   
 
 
 
 
Corporate Information

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED 
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

NASDAQ:  HALL

Headquartered in Fort Worth, Texas, Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. is a publicly 
traded holding company with wholly-owned subsidiaries engaged in property and 
casualty insurance.

Hallmark Financial's 
Business Plan

is to operate as a diversified underwriter of niche property and casualty 
insurance  products.  This  plan  is  executed  by  wholly-owned  business 
units, each with a separate specialty product focus. 

Our Corporate Strategy

is to create a “Best-in-Class” specialty insurance company focused on 
under writing profitability and long-term growth of stockholders’ book 
value per share. Our specialty product focus and niche market strategy 
enable  us  to  develop  and  retain  in-house  underwriting  expertise  and 
specialized  market  knowledge,  which  helps  differentiate  Hallmark 
Financial from our competitors. Each business unit tailors its products 
and product   distribution to the unique nature of the risks and coverages 
it provides.

Our Financial Goal

is  to  earn  a  consistent  underwriting  profit  and  build  long-term  share-
holder value by focusing on profitability and operating efficiency versus 
topline premium growth and market share.

Mark E. Schwarz
Executive Chairman

Scott T. Berlin
President
Mason Structural Steel, LLC

James H. Graves
Partner
Erwin, Graves & Jones, LP

Mark E. Pape 
Chairman 
H2Options, Inc. & U.S. Rain Group, Inc.

MANAGEMENT TEAM

Mark E. Schwarz
Executive Chairman

Naveen Anand
President & Chief Executive Officer

Jeffrey R. Passmore
Senior Vice President &
Chief Financial Officer

Ken Krissinger
Senior Vice President & 
Chief Actuary

BDO USA, LLP
600 North Pearl
Suite 1700
Dallas, Texas 75201

STOCK SYMBOL

Hallmark Financial Services, Inc.
common stock is listed on the
NASDAQ Global Market under
the symbol “HALL.”

TRANSFER AGENT

Securities Transfer Corporation
2901 North Dallas Parkway
Suite 380
Plano, Texas 75093-5990
(469) 633-0101

LEGAL COUNSEL

McGuire, Craddock & Strother, P.C.
2501 N. Harwood
Suite 1800
Dallas, Texas 75201

STOCKHOLDER MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders will be held 
at 10:00 a.m. CDT on May 30, 2019 in the Train-
ing  Center  on  the  Concourse  level  at  777  Main 
Street, Ft. Worth, Texas 76102.

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS

Hallmark Financial Services, Inc.
777 Main Street
Suite 1000
Ft. Worth, Texas 76102
(817) 348-1600
www.hallmarkgrp.com

Annual Report 2018

2018

H
A
L
L
M
A
R
K

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
E
R
V

I

C
E
S

,

I

N
C

.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
8

777 Main Street, Suite 1000  I  Fort Worth, Texas 76102  I  P (817) 348-1600  I  www.hallmarkgrp.com